TOYO INTELLIGENT INVERTER

VF66B (DC motor drive)

Operating Manual
 Preface
Thank you very much for choosing our product.
This manual describes how to handle a main unit of TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive). It provides instructions
for using VF66B (DC motor drive), such as how to install, wire, and operate it correctly as well as handling
methods of its protection operation. Before operating VF66B (DC motor drive), be sure to carefully read this
manual.

In addition to the standard functions, TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive) provides many other features. You can
build an optimal system for different applications by using its various functions. In such a case, preferentially
use the values described in the dedicated "Instruction Manual" and "Test Report" for the function.

When delivering any of your products with VF66B (DC motor drive) built in, consider that this manual can be
distributed to end users. Also, when changing our factory default initialized data (hereinafter referred to as
Initialized data) for setting parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive), make sure that end users can be informed
about the changed contents of the Initialized data.

1
 Be Sure To Read This Before Use
Safety Notice
To use VF66B (DC motor drive) correctly, be sure to completely read this manual and all other attached
documents before installation, operation, maintenance, and inspection. You need to have a good knowledge
of equipment, safety information, and all notices before using VF66B (DC motor drive).
In this manual, safety notices are ranked as "Danger", "Warning", and "Caution".

When improper use may cause a dangerous situation, death or serious injury may result,
Danger and its danger seems to be very urgent.

When improper use may cause a dangerous situation, and death or serious injury may
Warning result.

When improper use may cause a dangerous situation, medium-level or minor injury may
result, and only physical damage may result. However, it can cause serious results
Caution depending on the situation. Cautions described in this manual are all important. Be sure to
observe them.

Caution [Installation]
 Install VF66B (DC motor drive) on non-inflammables such as metal.
Otherwise, a fire may occur.
 Do not put inflammables near VF66B (DC motor drive).
Otherwise, a fire may occur.
 Do not hold the front cover when transporting VF66B (DC motor drive).
It may fall, which can result in injury.
 Install VF66B (DC motor drive) in a place which can support its weight.
It may fall, which can result in injury.
 Do not install and operate VF66B (DC motor drive) which is damaged or does not have any parts.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Danger [Wiring]
 Check that the input power is turned off before wiring.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.

2
 Warning [Wiring]
 Be sure to connect a ground wire.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.
 Electrical engineering technicians should connect wires.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.
 Be sure to install VF66B (DC motor drive) before wiring.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.
 For ground fault protection, connect the leakage guard relay or ground fault interrupter exclusive for VF66B (DC
motor drive) to the inputs (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3) of VF66B (DC motor drive).
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.

Warning [Wiring]
 Do not connect the alternating-current power supply to the output terminals (P/N).
Otherwise, injury or a fire may occur.
 Check that the rated voltage of the product and the voltage of the alternating-current power supply match with
each other.
Otherwise, injury or a fire may occur.
 Do not directly connect a resistor between direct-current terminals 1/ 2 and  or 1 and 2.
Otherwise, a fire may occur.

Warning [Operation]
 Be sure to install the front cover before turning on the input power. Do not remove the front cover during
energization.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
 Do not use the switches with wet hands.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
 Do not touch the VF66B (DC motor drive) terminals while VF66B (DC motor drive) is energized, even during
stop.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Warning [Operation]
 The stop button is available only when functions have been set. Provide an emergency stop button separately.
Otherwise, you may be injured.
 When alarm reset is performed with operation signals input, VF66B (DC motor drive) suddenly restarts. Check
that signals are turned off, and then perform alarm reset.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Caution [Operation]
 Do not touch a heat sink and a discharge resistor because they reach high temperatures.
Otherwise, you may get burned.
 You can set a wide range of operation from high speed to low speed with VF66B (DC motor drive). Before
operation, check the permitted range of the motor and machinery sufficiently.
Otherwise, you may be injured.
 Provide a holding brake separately if necessary.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

3
 Warning [Maintenance and inspection, and replacement of parts]
 Before inspection, turn off the input power after checking that the motor is stopped, and then wait for over ten
minutes.
Also, check that direct-current voltage between  1 and  or  2 and  is less than or equal to 30 V.
Otherwise, electric shock, injury, or a fire may occur.
 Check that the rated voltage of the product and the voltage of the alternating-current power supply match with
each other.
Otherwise, injury, electric shock, or part damage may occur.
 Do not perform maintenance and inspection or replace parts except qualified persons.
Use a tool for insulation for maintenance and inspection.
Otherwise, electric shock or injury may occur.

Warning [Others]
 Never modify VF66B (DC motor drive).
Otherwise, electric shock or injury may occur.

Caution [General notice]

To provide detailed explanation, all figures described in this manual are sometimes drawn with the cover or a safety
shield removed. To operate VF66B (DC motor drive), be sure to set the specified cover or shield to its original position
and to follow the procedure described in this manual.
These safety notices and specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice.

4
 Contents
Be Sure To Read This Before Use .................................................................................................................. 2
Safety Notice .................................................................................................................................................. 2
Chapter 1 For Application ............................................................................................................................... 7
1.1. Checking Package and Inspection on Purchase............................................................................. 7
Chapter 2 How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive)............................................................................................. 9
2.1. How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive) ....................................................................................... 9
2.1.1. How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive) Terminals................................................................ 9
2.2. Terminal/Connector Specifications ................................................................................................ 10
2.2.1. Terminal/Connector Specifications ......................................................................................... 10
2.3. How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier................................... 12
2.3.1. How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier ........................... 12
2.4. Application of LC filter.................................................................................................................... 13
2.4.1. Role of LC Filter ..................................................................................................................... 13
2.4.2. Power Constant Operation ..................................................................................................... 13
2.4.3. Selection of LC Filter .............................................................................................................. 13
2.5. PG.................................................................................................................................................. 14
2.5.1. Applicable PG ......................................................................................................................... 14
2.5.2. Use of PGs Attached to the Existing Products ....................................................................... 14
Chapter 3 For Operation ............................................................................................................................... 15
3.1. Overview of Operation ................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.1. Power-On ............................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.2. Cooling Fan Operation ........................................................................................................... 16
3.2. Console Panel [SET66EX-Z] ......................................................................................................... 16
3.2.1. Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 16
3.2.2. Operation Keys ....................................................................................................................... 17
3.2.3. Overview of Operation............................................................................................................ 18
3.2.4. How to Check Monitor Information ......................................................................................... 19
3.2.5. List of Monitor Items ............................................................................................................... 20
3.3. How to Perform Trial Operation ..................................................................................................... 23
3.3.1. How to Change the Motor Speed ........................................................................................... 24
3.3.2. How to Change the Acceleration/Deceleration time ............................................................... 25
3.3.3. How to Change the Rotation Direction ................................................................................... 26
3.3.4. How to Perform JOG Operation ............................................................................................. 26
Chapter 4 How to Change Parameters with Console Panel ...................................................................... 27
Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas .................................................................................................................... 28
Chapter 6 List of Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 29
6.1. Basic Setting Area ......................................................................................................................... 29
6.2. Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area) .............................................. 29
6.3. Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area) ................................................................................... 31
6.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area) ......................................................................... 33
6.5. Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function Setting
Area) .............................................................................................................................................. 34
6.6. Area E (Current Cotrol Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area) .................................... 35
6.7. Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback Setting Area) 36
6.8. Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 37
6.9. Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 39
6.10. Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control /Amature Voltage Control Switch Setting Area) 40
6.11. Area J (Communication Setting Area) ........................................................................................... 42
6.12. Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain) ............................................................... 43
6.13. Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Model Area) .............................................................................. 44
6.14. Area o (Special Adjustment Area) ................................................................................................. 44

5
 6.15. Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter) ................................................................................... 44
6.16. Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment) .......................... 45
Chapter 7 Descriptions of Parameters ........................................................................................................ 46
7.1. Basic Setting Area ......................................................................................................................... 46
7.2. Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area) .............................................. 47
7.3. Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area) ................................................................................... 54
7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area) ......................................................................... 65
7.5. Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function Setting
Area).............................................................................................................................................. 71
7.6. Area E (Current Control Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area) .................................. 76
7.7. Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback Setting Area) 80
7.8. Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 85
7.9. Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 91
7.10. Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control/Amature Voltage Control Switch Setting Area) . 96
7.11. Area J (Communication Setting Area) ......................................................................................... 104
7.12. Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain) ............................................................. 106
7.13. Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Mode Area) ............................................................................. 108
7.14. Area o (Special Adjustment Area) ............................................................................................... 109
7.15. Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter) ................................................................................. 109
7.16. Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment) ......................... 110
Chapter 8 Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................... 124
8.1. Protection Messages and Actions ............................................................................................... 124
8.1.1. List of Protection Messages ................................................................................................. 124
8.1.2. Protection Messages and Actions ........................................................................................ 130
8.1.3. What Are Displayed in Case of Setting Error ( ) .................................................... 149
Chapter 9 Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] ........................................................................ 150
9.1. Replacing Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] with Spare ............................................................. 150
9.2. Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] ............................................................................ 150
9.3. How to Initialize VF66B (DC Motor Drive) ................................................................................... 153
Chapter 10 Attentions for Contacting Us .................................................................................................. 154
Chapter 11 Industrial Product Warranty .................................................................................................... 155
11.1. No-charge warranty period .......................................................................................................... 155
11.2. Warranty Scope ........................................................................................................................... 155
11.2.1. Problem diagnosis ................................................................................................................ 155
11.2.2. Repair ................................................................................................................................... 155
11.3. Disclaimer .................................................................................................................................... 155
11.4. Repair period after product discontinuation ................................................................................ 155
11.5. Delivery conditions ...................................................................................................................... 156

6
 Chapter 1 For Application
1.1. Checking Package and Inspection on Purchase

After receiving VF66B (DC motor drive), check the following points:
(1) Checking Package
Check that the package contains the VF66B (DC motor drive) body and the Precautions.

VF66B (DC motor drive) body Precautions

(2) Check that the specifications, accessories, spare parts, and options are delivered as you ordered.
Check the model of VF66B (DC motor drive) with the logo mark on the cover surface.
Fan motor

Console panel [SET66-Z]

Logo mark

7
 Example of model display on the cover surface

VF66B DCM Dr ive

Model (VF66B (DC motor drive))

VF66B-7R544
TYPE VF66B-7R544-W** Model: VF66B-7R544-W1
APPL. QA*
INPUT 3Φ380～460V 50/60Hz Applied symbol Type
OUTPUT DC440V 17.0A
WEIGHT 5.5 kg
SER. No. QC 123456789-001 Voltage class 22: this indicates 200 V class
Input power supply voltage 44: this indicates 400 V class
specifications
◇
！ DANGER
･･･････････････ Output voltage/current
･･･････････････
･･･････････････
Weight
△
！ CAUTION

･･･････････････ Serial
･･･････････････

△
！ DANGER

･･･････････････
･･･････････････
･･･････････････

(3) Check that nothing is broken during transport.

(4) Check that screws, etc. are not loose or removed.
If you have any problem, contact us or the distributor.

Caution [Safety notice]

To use VF66B (DC motor drive) correctly, read this manual completely.
TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive) is not designed and produced for the purpose of being used for a device or system
under a situation where human life may be threatened.
Do not use this TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive) for special purposes such as riding, medical, aerospace, nuclear
power control, and a submarine repeater or system.
VF66B (DC motor drive) is produced under the strict quality control. However, when VF66B (DC motor drive) is
applied to an important facility where its failure might threaten human life or cause expected serious losses, you
should install any safety devices to prevent serious accidents.
When using VF66B (DC motor drive) for load other than a DC motor, consult with us.
This product requires electrical work. Electrical engineering technicians should do it.

8
Chapter 2 How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive)
2.1. How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive)
2.1.1. How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive) Terminals

MCCB-F 86F 49F

FM

Dynamic braking
(Note 3) 49B VFDB2009
resistor option
P 400 V class:
CN2
(Note 3) PR CN3 200 V class:
DCL DBR TB2
49B N
CN6 １4 8 9
DBIF2009-Z
Dynamic braking CN2 CN3
unit option 52MAX
(Note 5) DBR
CN1
VF66B (DC motor drive) (Note 7)
protection contact
200 to 220V +1 +2 B -
(Note 3) (Note 4)
400 to 460V 52M Noise filter Noise filter
(Note 4) 52M LC filter option
50/60Hz MCCB option
R/L1 P

S/L2
F A
T/L3 N DCM

MR
(Note 6)
MT

TB1
Operation 52MA CN4
52MA
Protection 86Aa
86A RY1
86Ab
MO1
RY2
Multifunction output terminals (MO1, MO2) P
MO2
COM 3 1
Analog output terminal (AOT1) AOT1 SW2
GND LED1
Analog input terminal (AIN1) AIN1 SW1
+10 ON
Forward operation (ST-F) ST-F
PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS
CN3
Multifunction input terminals (MI1 to MI5)
MI2 VFC66-Z
MI3
MI4 CN5
GND CN6
MI5
GND CN7 CN4

A TB2
CN1 CN2
B
ON
ON
G
SW4
SW2
G
Speed sensor (PG) input terminals (A to G)
U/Z
Optional board
V
(Example: Speed sensor (PG) input
W
board [PG66-Z])
G

PGOUT

SET66EX-Z

External console panel

(optional)

(Note 1) You can change the control input terminal (ST-F) and multifunction input terminals (MI1 to MI5) to GND common input (sync
input). In this case, remove a jumper socket on the printed control board [VFC66-Z] from [CN-SO] and then attach it to [CN-SI].
(In the factory default, these are set to PS common input (source input).)
(Note 2) Never connect the GND and COM terminals of the control circuit to the ground terminal.
(Note 3) When the thermal relay of the dynamic braking resistor (DBR) operates, cut off the input of VF66B (DC motor drive).
(Note 4) Install the main circuit contactor (52M) according to the use of the customer.
When installing the main circuit contactor (52M) on the input side of VF66B (DC motor drive), wait for ten minutes or more from
the time the power is turned off until it is turned on again.
(Note 5) When DCL is not connected, terminals  1 and  2 are short-circuit.
(Note 6) The AC power supply terminals (MR/MT terminals) for the control circuit are provided to the models VF66B-1122, VF66B-1144
and higher. (These do not need to be connected to the power supply in a normal situation. Connect them only when the control
circuit power supply needs to be turned on exclusively, for example, when having the protection display while the main circuit
power supply is turned off.)
9
(Note 7) Use DBIF2009-Z when communicating with the printed control board [VFC66-Z] and the dynamic braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009]. For more information, refer to the separate document "VFDB2009 Operation Manual."

CAUTION [Installation of SET66EX-Z (external console panel)]

 Before installing SET66EX-Z (external console panel), be sure to take any measures against static electricity.
Otherwise, circuits inside VF66B (DC motor drive) may be damaged.

2.2. Terminal/Connector Specifications

2.2.1. Terminal/Connector Specifications

Terminal
Type marking/ Purpose Descriptions
Pin number
R/L1, S/L2, Alternating-current power supply
Connect to the alternating-current power supply.
T/L3 input
P terminal: A terminal of TOYO’s DC motor
P/N Output
N terminal: F terminal of TOYO’s DC motor
Connect to the DCL.
1 DCL connection When no DCL is used, the direct-current terminals 1 and 2 are
short circuited.
DCL connection.
Terminal for connecting the dynamic braking (DB) registor and
Connect the dynamic breaking (DB)
thermal relay
Main 2 registor (thermal relay).
Connect a plus side terminal of the direct-current power supply
circuit Connect a plus side terminal when
when using the sine wave converter.
using a sine wave converter.
Connect the dynamic braking (DB) Collector terminal for the built-in dynamic braking (DB) transistor.
B
resistor (thermal relay). (It is provided for models below 22 kW)
Connect the dynamic braking (DB) Connecting to a terminal N of the dynamic braking (DB) optional unit
optional unit [VFDB2009]. [VFDB2009].

Connect a minus side terminal when Connect a minus side terminal of the direct-current power supply
using the sine wave converter. when using the sine wave converter.
[Caution] Be sure to connect to the ground.
Protective earth terminal When using noise filter (NF), connect it to a protective earth terminal
of the noise filter (NF).
They are provided for models over 11 kW and are used to supply
Control
MR/MT Control power supply terminal power to only control circuits.
circuit
(Used when power is supplied to the control circuit only.)
It turns on whiling VF66B (DC motor drive) operaties. Contact rating
52MA Operation contact
230 VAC, 0.5 A
It turns on whiling VF66B (DC motor drive) protection mode.
86A Protection contact
Contact rating 230 VAC, 0.5 A
VFC66-Z
MO1 Multifunction output terminal (1)
Multifunction output

Terminal Maximum voltage 24 VDC, maximum output current 20 mA.

block
TB1 P P terminal The multifunction output terminal outputs signals depending on the
operation condition.
MO2 Multifunction output terminal (2) Connect a P terminal to an external power supply (DC).
* For the details of the multifunction output terminals, refer to
"6.9 Area H" in Chapter 6 and "7.9 Area H" in Chapter 7.
COM COM terminal

10
 Terminal
Type marking/ Purpose Descriptions
Pin number
In the analog output (1) terminal (AOT1), you can be change 0 to
AOT1 Analog output (1) terminal +/-10 V output and 6F (frequency) output. Its maximum output

Analog input/output terminal

current 1 mA.
[Caution] Do not connect the terminal GND to the protective earth
GND GND terminal
terminal.
In the analog input terminal (AIN1), you can switch the input range 0
through +/-10 V or 0 through 10 V by changing the setting data.
Also, you can switch to 4 to 20 mA input by setting the SW1
AIN1 Analog input (1) terminal
(VFC66-Z) to input.
VFC66-Z Use 10 kΩ when performing a speed command depending on
Terminal volume.
block +10 +10 V output Outputs +10 V direct-current voltage.
TB1 ST-F Forward operation Input terminal for a Forward operation signal.
PS +12 V output Outputs +12 V direct-current voltage.
MI1 Multifunction input terminal (1) Maximum input voltage 24 VDC, maximum input current 3 mA.
Multifunction input

MI2 Multifunction input terminal (2) Like from the concole panel (SET66-Z), you can operate the VF66B
(DC motor draive) by inputting asignal into the multifunction input
MI3 Multifunction input terminal (3) terminals.
MI4 Multifunction input terminal (4) [Caution] Do not connect the terminal GND to the protective earth
GND GND terminal terminal.
* For the details of the multifunction input terminals, refer to
MI5 Multifunction input terminal (5) "6.4 Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4 Area c" in Chapter 7.

The following table describes only the PG input terminal parts common to all option boards
Terminal
Type Purpose Descriptions
number

+12 +12 V power supply terminal Outputs +12 V direct-current voltage.

[Caution] Do not connect the terminal G to the protective earth

G GND terminal
terminal.

B
Terminal
block Input A, B, U/Z, V, and W signals of the 12 V power supply PG
U/Z PG input terminal
TB2 (complimentary output).
V

W
Generate and output a subharmonic waveform from a signal of the
terminal [A].
PGOUT PG output terminal
The [3] of SW4 sides are 1 / 4PG dividing signal output, and the [1]
sides are 1 / 2PG dividing signal output.

11
2.3. How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier

2.3.1. How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier
Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z]
TB1
52MA CN4
52MA
86Aa
86A RY1
86Ab
MO1
RY2
P
MO2
COM 3 1
AOT1 SW2
GND LED1
AIN1 SW1
+10 ON
ST-F
PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS
CN3
MI2 VFC66-Z
MI3
MI4 CN5
 GND
MI5
CN6

GND CN7 CN4

Field amplifier

440 V system R2 R4

1
220 V system Tr1 Tr2
2

VF66B 3
VR1 T1 T2
（DC motor drive） 4

6 RY1 J1

8
RY2
LC 9

Filter 10
LD1
J2
11
POWER
12
VR5 VR5
13

14 C30
 VR5
15 A

A F
DCM R1 T1 R T N P RX


This is used to detect the VF66B (DC motor drive) protection by inputting the field loss signals output from
the field amplifier when field loss occurs. However, the multifunction input terminal (3) function selection
should be set to the field loss signal (c-03=13). *For the details, refer to "6.4 Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4
Area c" in Chapter 7.
 This is used to detect the VF66B (DC motor drive) protection by inputting the overcurrent signal which is
output from the field amplifier when field overcurrent occurs. However, the multifunction input terminal (4)
function selection should be set to the field overcurrent (c-03=14). *For the details, refer to "6.4 Area c" in
Chapter 6 and "7.4 Area c" in Chapter 7.
 For power constant operation, the voltage after LC filter is input between 1 and 3 of the field amplifier for
the 440 V system motor, and between 2 to 3 for the 220 V system motor.
12
2.4. Application of LC filter

2.4.1. Role of LC Filter

LC filter reduces the load applied to the DC motor by smoothing the PWM control waveform (average voltage
control of the pulse width modulation by using square wave) which is output from VF66B (DC motor drive) and
reducing the peak voltage applied to the DC motor. Because the application of LC filter varies depending on
the structure of DC motor and the deterioration state of insulation, please contact us.

2.4.2. Power Constant Operation

When performing the power constant operation, please install the specified LC filter between the output of
VF66B (DC motor drive) and the DC motor. Input the voltage after LC filter to the field amplifier for weaker
field control. For how to connect the voltage input to the field amplifier, refer to "2.3 How to Connect the
Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier" in Chapter 2.

2.4.3. Selection of LC Filter

Following L (DC reactor) and C (film capacitor) are provided. Select the number of LC filters depending on the
current of DC motor and apply them in parallel.
L1 (DC reactor) 3 mH 115 A
L2 (DC reactor) 15 mH 25 A
C (Film capacitor) 400 μF 800 V

Selection example
For DC motor, 200 kW, 440 V, 489 A, 1150 min-1:
DC motor current/DC reactor rated current = 489/115 =4.25
By rounding up the first decimal number, you get "5." Therefore, apply 5 pieces of L and 5 pieces of C in
parallel.

P 3 mH,115 A LC filter
VF66B 200 kW,
(DC motor 489 A
drive)
M

Field amplifier
400 μF,
800 V

The following table indicates the resonance frequencies.

Resonance
L C
frequencies
L1 3 mH 400 μF 145 Hz
L2 15 mH 400 μF 65 Hz
L2 15 mH 2 parallel (7.5 mH) 400 μF 92 Hz
L2 15 mH 3 parallel ( 5 mH) 400 μF 112 Hz

13
2.5. PG

2.5.1. Applicable PG
When performing the speed control with VF66B (DC motor drive), PG is required. With VF66B (DC motor
drive), only the PGs which can detect both forward and reverse speeds are applicable.

2.5.2. Use of PGs Attached to the Existing Products

The following table indicates whether each PG attached to the existing products can be applied.

PG type Manufacturer Model Applicability Remarks

Electromagnetic type ONO SOKKI CO., LTD. MP837 x Not applicable because of AC output
ONO SOKKI CO., LTD. MP810 x Not applicable because of AC output
Two-phase output PG ONO SOKKI CO., LTD. RP100 series 
ONO SOKKI CO., LTD. RP1700 series  Pulse isolator is required
SUMTAK CO., LTD LBJ 
TAMAGAWA Seiki Co., Ltd TS5205 
Tachogenerator - TG130D 
- KG3D x Not applicable because of AC output

14
 Chapter 3 For Operation
3.1. Overview of Operation

3.1.1. Power-On
This section provides the overview of the operating procedure until the power-on.

Check the model/

mode to use

Wire the VF66B (DC motor drive) and the power supplies (R/L1, S/L2,
Preparation/Wiring
T/L3), VF66B (DC motor drive) (P and N) and the motors (A, F), and the
ground ( ).
Power-on

Model of VF66B
The following items will be displayed on the r/min

(DC motor drive)

Ｈｚ

display of the console panel [SET66-Z].

Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

1. The mode is displayed for 1.5 seconds. ＳＥＴ

MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

1.5 sec. Monitor display of console panel [SET66-Z] → ＲＥＳＥＴ

2. Then the model is displayed for 1.5 seconds. Two rightmost digits indicate the
feeding voltage. When the voltage class is “200 V class,” “22” is displayed. When it
is “400 V class,” “44” is displayed.
1.5 sec.

3. Then, symbols distinguishing the setting block and the mode are displayed.
Fromthe leftmost digit, each digit shows the following:
[Mode of the first setting block][-][Mode of the second setting block][Current setting block]

Mode

Setting block
display
VF66B (DC motor drive) mode is indicated as follows:
d: Indicates that it is in the DC motor drive mode.
<The figure on the left shows that the DC motor drive mode is set in both first setting block
and second setting block. The current setting block is the first setting block.>

15
3.1.2. Cooling Fan Operation
When VF66B (DC motor drive) is turned on, the cooling fan installed on it also starts at the same time. It
behaves as follows. Please keep this in mind.

State of VF66B (DC motor drive) Cooling Fan operation

Power-on It operates for five minutes after power-on and then stops.
However, when VF66B (DC motor drive) is operated within five minutes after
power-on, the cooling fan stops in one minute after VF66B (DC motor drive) stops.
Running It always operates.
Stop After VF66B (DC motor drive) stops, it operates for one minute and then stops.

3.2. Console Panel [SET66EX-Z]

VF66B (DC motor drive) has a console panel [SET66EX-Z], which is equipped with a five-digit LED display,
eight operation key buttons, a unit LED, and a state display LED, as a standard device. With this console
panel, you can operate the unit, read and write each function setting data, monitor the operating state, and
display what are protected during protection operations.

3.2.1. Panel

●LED display: Seven-segment five-digit display

Display of alphanumeric characters

r/min Display of operation monitor/function symbol (number)/function selection and

Ｈｚ setting data/protection operation/protection history, etc.

Ａ
Ｖ
●Unit display (LED display)
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ ●Status display (LED display)
FNC: Turns on when the FNC mode (function setting mode) is selected
DIR: Turns on when either the [START] key or the [JOG/->] key is selected for the
MONI ＦＷＤ console panel operation.
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ REV: Turns on when REV (reverse) is selected.
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ALM: Turns on when the cumulative operation time exceeds the specified time.
RUN: Turns on when the VF66B (DC motor drive) is in operation (Blinks during the
deceleration stop).
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ JOG: Turns on when the VF66B (DC motor drive) is in the JOG operation (RUN
ＲＥＳＥＴ turns on simultaneously).

16
3.2.2. Operation Keys

<In FNC (function setting) mode> <FNC (function setting) mode>

· Confirms the selection of setting number. · Increases the number indicated in the selected digit by
· Writes the setting data. +1 when setting the setting number and setting data.
(Numbers change in this order: “0” -> “1” -> …. -> “9”
ＳＥＴ <In MONI (monitor) mode> -> “- (minus)” -> “0”)
· Switches the monitor items.
<In MONI (monitor) mode>
<During protection operation> · Switches the monitor items.(For the details, refer to
· Reads out the one-point traceback data. Chapter 3 “3.2.4 How to Check Monitor Information.”)

Switches MONI mode and FNC mode. <In FNC (function setting) mode>
<In FNC (function setting) mode> · Increases the number indicated in the selected digit by
· Switches to MONI mode. -1 when setting the setting number and setting data.
MONI (Numbers change in this order: “0” -> “- (minus)” -> “9”
<In MONI (monitor) mode> -> … -> “1” -> “0”)
ＦＮＣ
· Switches to FNC mode. <In MONI (monitor) mode>
· Switches the monitor items.(For the details, refer to
Chapter 3 “3.2.4 How to Check Monitor Information.”)

<In FNC (function setting) mode>

· Moves the operation digit (flashing digit) one digit to
ＦＷＤ left.
<In FNC (function setting) mode>
ＲＥＶ <In MONI (monitor) mode＞ · Moves the operation digit (flashing digit) one digit to
· Switches the forward rotation/reverse rotation when ＪＯＧ right.
the [START] or the [JOG/->] is active on the console
panel. When the reverse rotation command selection <In MONI (monitor) mode>
is active, REV (LED) turns on
· Starts operating the VF66B (DC motor drive) when
console panel is selected in the JOG commanding
place selection.
<In MONI (monitor) mode>
· Starts operating the VF66B (DC motor drive) when the
console panel is selected in the operation
Stops the VF66B (DC motor drive) while
ＳＴＯＰ
ＳＴＡＲＴ commanding place selection. operating with the [START] key on the console
ＲＥＳＥＴ panel. Resets the protection operation during the
protection operation.

17
3.2.3. Overview of Operation
Console panel [SET66-Z] provides three types of operation modes.
 MONI (Monitor) mode
 FNC (Function setting) mode
 Protection display mode
The operation overview is described in the following table.

Power-on

Check the model/mode of

VF66B (DC motor drive)

<Model> <Mode>

<In MONI (monitor) mode> Press the [STOP/RESET] key

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation status
(rotation speed/output current/output r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ

voltage, etc.) is displayed on the display of Protection ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

Ｖ
ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

the console panel (seven-segment released MONI ＦＷＤ

Protection
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ

five-digit display).
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

occurs ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

Press the [MONI/FNC] key Press the [MONI/FNC] key

<In protection display mode>
Following actions are taken when
r/min r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｈｚ
Ａ
protection operation occurs:
Ｖ Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ
- Displays the protection operation
ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
- Performs the one-point traceback
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

display
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ → ＲＥＳＥＴ

*When the [MONI/FNC] key is pressed

while the operation is stopped in the
<FNC (function setting) mode> protection display mode, the mode
FNC (LED) turns on during the FNC (function setting) mode. changes to the MONI (monitor) mode.
You can set the parameters, etc. required to operate the Protection After that, if no operation is performed for
VF66B (DC motor drive). occurs several seconds, the mode changes back
to the protection display mode.

18
3.2.4. How to Check Monitor Information
With VF66B (DC monitor drive), you can monitor various data, such as the motor speed, current, and
voltage, by the LED display of the console panel [SET66-Z]. Select the item to monitor in the following
steps.
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
Ｖ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ
When the FNC (LED) on the console panel is turned on, press the [MONI/FNC] key
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ to turn off the FNC (LED).
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
The currently set monitor item is displayed for about one second.
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed (SPd) is set as the
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
monitor item.>
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

1 sec later

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
About one second later, the display changes to data display of the
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ
currently set monitor item.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed (SPd) is “0
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
[r/min].”>

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
When you press either the [SET], [↑], or [↓] key, the currently set
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ
monitor item is displayed.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min r/min
Ｈｚ Ｈｚ
Ａ Ａ
Ｖ Ｖ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ

ＲＥＶ
ＳＴＡＲＴ When you press either the ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ When you press the [↓] key
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
[SET] or [↑] key while the ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
while the monitor item is
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ → ＲＥＳＥＴ

monitor item is displayed, the displayed, the display

display switches to the next switches to the next monitor
monitor item and displays it. item and displays it.
In this case, the display In this case, the display
switches to the speed switches to the protection
command value (SrEF). history display (trbLE).

19
3.2.5. List of Monitor Items
A total of 24 monitor items are provided.

Selection item
No Monitor contents Unit Remarks
display

1 Motor speed r/min Displays the motor speed.

Speed command
2 r/min Displays the speed command value.
value
Armature current
3 A Displays the armature current in the unit [A].
unit display [A]
Armature current Displays the armature current in the unit [%].
4 %
unit display [%] (100% corresponds to the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive))
Armature current Displays the armature current command.
5 %
command (100% corresponds to the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive))
Direct-current
6 V Displays the direct-current voltage.
voltage
Armature
7 V Displays the armature voltage.
voltage
Armature
Displays the armature voltage command.
8 voltage V
(Displays only when the armature voltage control is activated.)
command
Detects the output current of the field amplifier with the current
detector and inputs it from the analog input of VF66B (DC motor
9 Field current A drive).

*For the details of how to set the field current, refer to "6.2 Area A"
in Chapter 6 and "7.2 Area A" in Chapter 7.
Overload
Displays a counter value of overload (oL). When this value reaches
10 protection %
100 %, a protection operation starts.
Counter
Displays the line speed at the ratio, in which the setting value of line
speed monitor adjustment is reached at the maximum rotation
11 Line speed m/min speed.
* For the details of the line speed monitor setting value, refer to "6.8
Area G" in Chapter 6 and "7.8 Area G" in Chapter 7.
Displays the motor temperature.
Motor
12 °C
temperature * To measure the temperature of motor, a dedicated optional board
is required.
Displays the state of the
following terminals on the
terminal block [TB1] on
VFC66-Z:
MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1 ST-F
[ST-F]: Forward operation
terminal
When the terminal input is ON:
Input terminal [MI1]: Multifunction input
13 - "1" is displayed
check 1 terminal (1)
When the terminal input is OFF:
[MI2]: Multifunction input
"0" is displayed
terminal (2)
[MI3]: Multifunction input * The example above indicates
terminal (3) that [ST-F] and [MI3] are ON.
[MI4]: Multifunction input
terminal (4)

20
 Selection item
No Monitor contents Unit Remarks
display
Displays the state of the
following terminals on the
terminal block [TB1] or optional
board on VFC66-Z:
MI9 MI8 MI7 MI6 MI5
[MI5]: Multifunction input
terminal (5)
When the terminal input is ON:
Input terminal [MI6]: Multifunction input
14 - "1" is displayed
check 2 terminal (6)
When the terminal input is OFF:
[MI7]: Multifunction input
"0" is displayed
terminal (7)
[MI8]: Multifunction input * The example above indicates
terminal (8) that [MI6] is ON.
[MI9]: Multifunction input
terminal (9)
Displays the state of the
following terminals on the
optional board:
[MI10]: Multifunction input MI14 MI13 MI12 MI11 MI10
terminal (10)
[MI11]: Multifunction input When the terminal input is ON:
Input terminal
15 - terminal (11) "1" is displayed
check 3
[MI12]: Multifunction input When the terminal input is OFF:
terminal (12) "0" is displayed
[MI13]: Multifunction input
terminal (13) * The example above indicates
[MI14]: Multifunction input that [MI11] is ON.
terminal (14)
Displays the state of the
following terminals on the
[No function] [No function] MI17 MI16 MI15
optional board:
[MI15]: Multifunction input
terminal (15) When the terminal input is ON:
Input terminal
16 - [MI16]: Multifunction input "1" is displayed
check 4
terminal (16) When the terminal input is OFF:
[MI17]: Multifunction input "0" is displayed
terminal (17) * The example above indicates
that [MI16] is ON.
Displays the state of the
following terminals on the
[No function] MO2 MO1 86A 52MA
terminal block [TB1] on
VFC66-Z:
[52MA]: Operation When the terminal output is ON:
Output terminal
17 - [86A]: Protection "1" is displayed
check 1
[MO1]: Multifunction output When the terminal output is OFF:
terminal (1) "0" is displayed
[MO2]: Multifunction output * The example above indicates
terminal (2) that [52MA] is ON.
Displays the state of the
following terminals on the
optional board: [No function] MO6 MO5 MO4 MO3
Output terminal [MO3]: Multifunction output
18 - When the terminal output is ON:
check 2 terminal (3)
[MO4]: Multifunction output "1" is displayed
terminal (4) When the terminal output is OFF:
"0" is displayed

21
 Selection item
No Monitor contents Unit Remarks
display
[MO5]: Multifunction output
terminal (5) * The example above indicates
[MO6]: Multifunction output that [MO3] is ON.
terminal (6)
Cumulative
19 Hr Displays the cumulative operation time of VF66B (DC motor drive).
operation time
When the cumulative operation time of VF66B (DC motor drive)
exceeds 43800 hours (changeable), the LED of [ALM] display turns
on. This display value serves as an indicator of the remaining life of
Timer remaining the electrolytic capacitor of the main circuit part.
20 Hr
time 1
* For the details of the setting value of cumulative operation timer
(1), refer to "6.7 Area F" in Chapter 6 and "7.7 Area F" in
Chapter 7.
When the cumulative operation time of VF66B (DC motor drive)
exceeds 21900 hours (changeable), the LED of [ALM] display turns
on. This display value serves as an indicator of the remaining life of
Timer remaining the cooling fan.
21 Hr
time 2
* For the details of the setting value of cumulative operation timer
(2), refer to "6.7 Area F" in Chapter 6 and "7.7 Area F" in
Chapter 7.
Displays the version of the main unit program.
22 Main unit version -
(Example: In case of VF66-21-A1, it is displayed as .)
Displays the date when a sequence ladder was created.
PLC function (Example: In case of "September 28, 2001," it is displayed as
23 -
version . Months will be displayed as follows: "A" for October, "B"
for November, and "C" for December.
Displays the voltage which is input to the terminal block [TB1](AIN1)
of VFC66-Z.
Analog input
24 V * It is also possible to display the voltage input to (AIN2) to (AIN5)
voltage
on the optional board. *For the details of how to set, refer to "6.8
Area G" in Chapter 6 and "7.8 Area G" in Chapter 7.
Adjustment
25 - (Special monitor for special adjustment)
monitor
Protection Displays the history of the last six protection items and the data of
26 -
history display protection operations.

Monitor items can be switched by pressing the [SET] key or the [] key and the [] key on the console panel
[SET66-Z] as follows: The [SET] key or the [] key and the [] key switch the monitor items in the opposite
direction.

22
3.3. How to Perform Trial Operation

In the trial operation, perform the trial operation only with the motor first and check that it operates properly.
Only after that, connect it to the unit. This section describes how to perform the trial operation by using the
console panel [SET66-Z].

Check capacity/voltage to use

Preparation/Wiring Perform wiring between VF66B (DC motor drive) and power supplies (R/L1, S/L2,
T/L3), outputs (P and N) and motors (A and F), and the ground ( ).

Power-on

Check the model/mode of

VF66B (DC motor drive)
<Model> <Mode>

Set motor constant Set the constant in the parameter to the motors required for operation.

Set the operation commanding place for the operation command, speed
command, etc. to the console panel [SET66-Z]. Set as follows.
Select the operation Area b *In the default setting (factory default data), they are as follows.
commanding place Display Contents Setting value
b-09 Command input when coupled Set to 1 (console)
b-10 Speed command input selection Set to 0 (interlocked)
b-11 Operation command input selection Set to 0 (interlocked)
b-12 JOG command input selection Set to 0 (interlocked)

Set the speed command, r/min

Press the [MONI/FNC] key on the console panel
Ｈｚ

acceleration/deceleration time, etc.

Ａ

[SET66-Z] to turn on FNC (LED). Set “0. SrEF” (speed

Ｖ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

MONI ＦＷＤ
command)/”3. Acc1” (acceleration time), etc. For the
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ

details, refer to Chapter 3 “3.3.1 How to Change the

ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ Motor Speed” and the subsequent sections.

Setting
change

r/min
Press the [MONI/FNC] key on the console panel
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ [SET66-Z] to turn off FNC (LED). When you press the
Operation/Stop ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ
[START] key, the operation starts with the speed
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
command (0. SrEF), acceleration time (3. Acc1), etc. as
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ they were set. When you press the [STOP/RESET] key,
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

the operation stops.

23
3.3.1. How to Change the Motor Speed
This section describes how to change the speed of the motor.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
When the FNC (LED) on the console panel [SET66-Z] is turned off, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ on the FNC (LED).
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “0. SrEF” (Speed command). Press the [SET]
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ key to confirm.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, use the [↑] and [↓]
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ

keys to change the number (Speed command), and press the [SET] key to
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ

ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

MONI ＦＷＤ
confirm.
ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
*The setting range is from -1800 to 1800 [r/min] in the default state.
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
After confirming the Speed command with the [SET] key, “0. SrEF” is displayed
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ again.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). Monitor item, such as “SPd,”
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ is displayed for about one second.
ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
*For the details of the monitor items, refer to Chapter 3 “3.2.5 List of Monitor
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
Items.”
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

1 sec.
later

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
About one second later, the display changes to data display of the currently set
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ monitor item.
ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed is “0 [r/min].”>
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
When you press the [START] key, the motor starts to rotate. The rotation speed
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ changes until the set rotation speed is reached. During operation, the data of the
ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
currently set monitor items is displayed.
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
<The figure on the left shows that the current motor speed is “50 [r/min].”>
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
*If the motor does not start rotation after you pressed the [START] key, change
the Speed command (0. SrEF). This can be changed during the operation, too.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
When you press the [STOP/RESET] key, the operation stops and the rotation of
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ motor stops.
ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
<The figure on the left shows that the current motor speed is “0 [r/min].”>
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Setting range of the Speed command/setting resolution/initialized data/unit>

Console
panel Setting range Setting Initialized
Contents Unit
Use monitor (Selecting item) resolution data
display
0.SrEF Speed command - Maximum speed (A-00) to Maximum speed (A-00) 1 0 r/min

* For the details of the Maximum speed (A-00), refer to "6.2 Area A" in Chapter 6 and "7.2 Area A" in
Chapter 7.

24
3.3.2. How to Change the Acceleration/Deceleration time
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
When the FNC (LED) on the console panel [SET66-Z] is turned off, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn on
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ the FNC (LED).
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Acceleration <Deceleration time>

time>
r/min r/min
Ｈｚ Ｈｚ
Ａ Ａ
Ｖ Ｖ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “3. ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “4.
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

Acc1” (Acceleration time (1)). Press dEc1” (Deceleration time (1)).

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
the [SET] key to confirm. → ＲＥＳＥＴ
Press the [SET] key to confirm.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, use the [↑] and [↓]
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ keys to change the numbers (Acceleration time/Deceleration time), and press the
ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
[SET] key to confirm.
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
*The setting range is from 0.0 to 3600.0 [s].
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Acceleration
time> <Deceleration time>

r/min r/min
Ｈｚ Ｈｚ
Ａ Ａ
Ｖ Ｖ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
After confirming the Acceleration ＳＥＴ
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
After confirming the Deceleration
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

time with the [SET] key, “3. Acc1” is time with the [SET] key, “4. dEc1” is
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
displayed again. → ＲＥＳＥＴ
displayed again.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). Monitor item, such
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ as “SPd,” is displayed for about one second.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

1 sec.
later

About one second later, the display changes to the data of the
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ currently set monitor item
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed is “0 [r/min].”>.
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

When you press the [START] key, the operation starts. The motor starts
to rotate and accelerates/decelerates at the set
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
Acceleration/Deceleration time. During operation, the data of the
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ currently set monitor items is displayed.
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ

ＲＥＶ
ＳＴＡＲＴ <The figure on the left shows that the motor speed is “50 [r/min].”>
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
*Acceleration/Deceleration time can be changed during the operation,
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
too.

When you press the [STOP/RESET] key, the operation stops and the
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ rotation of motor stops.
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
<The figure on the left shows that the current motor speed is “0
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
[r/min].”>
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Setting range of the Acceleration/Deceleration time/setting resolution/initialized data/unit>

Console
panel Setting range Setting Initialized
Contents Unit
Use monitor (Selecting item) resolution data
display

3.Acc1 Acceleration time (1) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec

4.dEc1 Deceleration time (1) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec

25
3.3.3. How to Change the Rotation Direction
There are two ways to change the rotation direction.
(1) By pressing the [FWD/REV] key of the operation key.

r/min ・ Make sure that FNC (LED) is turned off.

Ｈｚ
Ａ ・ If FNC (LED) is turned on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn it off.
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ ・ When you press the [FWD/REV] key during the operation/stop, the
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ

rotation direction of motor changes.

MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
ＳＴＡＲＴ * REV (LED) turns on.
* When you press the [FWD/REV] key while REV (LED) is turned on, REV
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
(LED) turns off.

(2) By entering the negative command

You can change the rotation direction of motor by setting the value of "0.SrEF" (Speed command) to a
negative number in "3.3.1 How to Change the Motor Speed" in Chapter 3.

3.3.4. How to Perform JOG Operation

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
・ Make sure that FNC (LED) is turned off.
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ
・ If FNC (LED) is turned on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn it off.
・ When you press the [JOG/→] key, the JOG operation starts.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
* RUN (LED) and JOG (LED) turn on.
* The JOG operation stops when you release the [JOG/→] key.
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

26
 Chapter 4 How to Change Parameters with
Console Panel
This chapter describes how to change the parameters by using the console panel [SET66-Z].

When the FNC (LED) on the console panel [SET66-Z] is turned off, press the [MONI/FNC]
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ key to turn on the FNC (LED).
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

“0. SrEF” basic setting area is displayed. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ move to the desired setting item.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
*For the setting area, refer to “Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas.”
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

As to the Areas A to S, while the alphabet part is blinking, you can move
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ to other setting areas.
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ
*For the setting areas, refer to “Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas.”
ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, and the
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ [FWD/REV] key to the left. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to change the
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
number. After setting to the desired parameter, confirm with the [SET]
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ
key.
→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
<The figure on the left shows that the setting contens "b-11" is set.>

r/min
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to change to a desired number, and press the
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ [SET] key to confirm.
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ ＲＵＮ
ＤＩＲ ＡＬＭ ＪＯＧ
<The figure on the left shows that the parameter data is set to “1.”>
MONI ＦＷＤ
ＳＥＴ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ
In case of selection data
In case of selection data, use the
[↑] and [↓] keys to select the data.

If the data cannot be written

More than the upper Less than the lower Rewrite prohibited
If the selected parameter limit of the setting limit of the setting
does not exist

The changed parameter is displayed again

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ <The figure on the left shows “b-11” because the setting item
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
“b-11” is set.>
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). Monitor item, such as
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ
ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ
ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ “SPd,” is displayed for about one second. Data of the monitor item is
ＳＥＴ
MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ
displayed.
ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ ＳＴＯＰ

→ ＲＥＳＥＴ

*For parameters, refer to “Chapter 6 List of Parameters” and “Chapter 7 Description of Parameters.”

27
 Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas
VF66B (DC motor drive) provides the total of 16 areas: "basic setting area" through "area S." The following
table indicates the setting area and main contents of each setting.

Console panel
Setting area Main contents
Monitor display

Speed command

Forward JOG speed

Reverse JOG speed

Acceleration time (1)

Deceleration time (1)

Basic setting area
Acceleration time (2)

Deceleration time (2)

Speed control proportion gain (1)

Speed control integral time constant (1)

System inertial moment (1)

Maximum speed
Area A
Rated motor/motor's constant
Operation command input selection
Area b Analog input (1) characteristics selection
Analog output (1) characteristics selection

Area c Multifunction input place selection

Area d Acceleration time, JOG acceleration time selection

Current control gain

Area E
Output voltage limit
Protection function related
Area F
Cumulative operation timer
Analog input (2) characteristics selection
Area G
Analog output (2) characteristics selection

Area H Multifunction output place selection

Area i Speed control/Armature current control/Armature voltage control switching

Area J Communication options

Direct-current voltage adjustment gain

Area L
Analog input/output adjustment gain

Area n VF66B (DC motor drive) model

Area P Parameters used in the internal PLC function

Initialized
Area S
Cumulative operation timer clear

28
 Chapter 6 List of Parameters
This chapter shows parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive). Each section of this chapter shows parameters of
each area.
* For descriptions of each parameter, refer to Chapter 7, Descriptions of Parameters.

6.1. Basic Setting Area

Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
- Maximum speed (A-00) to Maximum speed
0.SrEF Speed command 0 r/min 
(A-00)
1.FJoG Forward JOG speed Minimum speed (A-01) to 300 24 r/min 
2.rJoG Reverse JOG speed -300 to –minimum speed (A-01) -24 r/min 
3.Acc1 Acceleration time (1) 0.0 to 3600.0 30.0 sec 
4.dEc1 Deceleration time (1) 0.0 to 3600.0 30.0 sec 
5.Acc2 Acceleration time (2) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.3 sec 
6.dEc2 Deceleration time (2) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.3 sec 
7.ASrP Speed control proportion gain (1) 1 to 50 15 - 
8.ASrI Speed control integral time constant (1) 20 to 10000 40 msec 
9.ASrJ System inertia moment (1) 0 to 65535 10 gm2 

6.2. Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area)

Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
A-00 Maximum speed*5 300 to 14700 1150 r/min ×
A-01 Minimum speed 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 0 r/min 
VF66B
(DC motor
A-02 Rated motor capacity Depends on the model*1 kW ×
drive) rated
capacity
(200 V class) 70 to 230 220
A-03 Rated motor armature voltage V ×
(400V class) 140 to 460 440
VF66B
20 to 150% of the rated current of VF66B (DC (DC motor
A-04 Rated motor armature current A ×
motor drive) drive) rated
current
A-05 Rated motor speed 20 to 100% of the maximum speed (A-00) 1150 r/min ×
A-06 [No function] - - - -
A-07 Rated motor field current 0.0 to 30.0 0.0 A ×
A-08 Number of PG-pulse 60 to 32767 600 P/R ×
A-09 PWM carrier frequency 2.0 2.0 kHz ×

1: AB phase input
2: Tachogenerator input (analog input(1))
[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)
A-10 PG selection 3: Tachogenerator input (analog input(2)) 1 - ×
[Optional board] (AIN2)
4: Tachogenerator input (analog input(3))
[Optional board] (AIN3)

29
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
VF66B
(DC motor
Dead time compensation
A-11 0.00 to 9.99 drive) μsec ×
(P Positive side)
Varies with
the model*1
VF66B
(DC motor
Dead time compensation
A-12 0.00 to 9.99 drive) μsec ×
(P Negative side)
Varies with
the model*1
A-13 [For special adjustment]*2 - - - -
A-14 [For special adjustment]*2 - - - -
VF66B
(DC motor
Dead time compensation
A-15 0.00 to 9.99 drive) μsec ×
(N Positive side)
Varies with
the model*1
VF66B
(DC motor
Dead time compensation
A-16 0.00 to 9.99 drive) μsec ×
(N Negative side)
Varies with
the model*1
VF66B
(DC motor
(The setting range varies with the model of
A-17 Motor armature resistance *1 drive) mΩ ×
VF66B (DC motor drive))
Varies with
the model*1
A-18 [No function] - - - -
VF66B
(DC motor
(The setting range varies with the model of
A-19 Motor armature inductance drive) mH ×
VF66B (DC motor drive))*1
Varies with
the model*1
A-20 Rated speed of tachogenerator 100 to 5000 2000 r/min ×
Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
A-21 drive) upon rated speed of 0.00 to 10.00 5.00 V ×
tachogenerator
0: No input
Field current monitoring input location 1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
A-22 0 - ×
selection 2: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
3: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)
Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
A-23 0.1 to 10.0 4.0 V ×
drive) upon rated field current
A-24 [No function] - - - -
A-25 [No function] - - - -
A-26 [No function] - - - -
A-27 [No function] - - - -

*1: Refer to "7.2. Area A" in Chapter 7 for information on the minimum value of the setting range of the rated motor
capacity (A-02), factory-initialized data of the dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead time
compensation (N Negative side) (A-16), setting range and factory-initialized data of the motor armature resistance
(A-17), and setting range and factory-initialized data of the motor armature inductance (A-19).
*2: This item is for special adjustment. Leave the parameter data at the factory-initialized data.

30
6.3. Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display

oFF (None)
b-00 Setting data rewrite protection oFF - ×
on (Setting data rewrite protection)

0: Free stop
b-01 Stop mode selection 1 - 
1: Deceleration stop
b-02 Stop speed 0 to 300 30 r/min 
b-03 [No function] - - - -
b-04 [No function] - - - -
0: Free stop
b-05 JOG stop mode selection 0 - 
1: Deceleration stop
b-06 JOG stop speed 0 to 300 30 r/min 
Instantaneous power interruption oFF (Not restart)
b-07 oFF - ×
restart on (Restart)
0: Normal
Reverse rotation/reverse voltage 1: Prohibit operation in the direction opposite
b-08 0 - ×
prohibition mode selection to command
2: Prohibit opposite direction
0: Terminal block
b-09 Command input when coupled 1: Console panel [SET66-Z] 1 - ×
2: Communication option
0: Interlock
1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
Speed/armature voltage command 3: Communication option
b-10 0 - ×
input selection 4: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
5: [For expanded options]*1
6: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)
7: Internal PLC function
0: Interlock
1: Terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F)
b-11 Operation command input selection 0 - ×
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option
0: Interlock
1: Terminal block
[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5)*2
b-12 JOG command input selection 0 - ×
[Optional board] (MI6 to MI17)*2
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option
0 to value that depends on rated motor
armature current <A-04>*3
Forward powering armature current
b-13 150 % 
limit * The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
is 100%

-value that depends on rated motor armature

current <A-04>*3 to 0
Forward regenerative armature current
b-14 -150 % 
limit * The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
is 100%

-value that depends on rated motor armature

current <A-04>*3 to 0
Reverse powering armature current
b-15 -150 % 
limit * The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
is 100%

31
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0 to value that depends on rated motor
armature current <A-04>*3
Reverse regenerative armature current
b-16 150 % 
limit * The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
is 100%

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (1) characteristics
b-17 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity) 0 - ×
selection
2: 4 to 20 mA
Absolute value of analog input (1)
speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)
to 100.0

* When the operation mode selection is speed

control mode (i-07 = 0):
Analog input (1) speed/voltage upper
b-18 The maximum speed (A-00) is 100% 100.0 % 
limit
When the operation mode selection is
armature voltage control mode (i-07 = 5):
The forward or reverse direction output
maximum voltage (E-11, E-12) whichever is
larger is 100%

-analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit

(b-18)
to analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit
(b-18)

* When the operation mode selection is speed

Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower
control mode (i-07 = 0):
b-19 limit 0.0 % 
The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
When the operation mode selection is
armature voltage control mode (i-07 = 5):
The forward or reverse direction output
maximum voltage (E-11, E-12) whichever is
larger is 100%

b-20 Analog input zero limit voltage 0.000 to 1.000 0.000 V 

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
Analog output (1) characteristics 5: Internal PLC function output
b-21 6: Calibration 8 - ×
selection
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
-1: [No function]
-2: 6F speed
-3: 6F calibration
b-22 [For special adjustment] 0 to 1000 0 % ×

*1: This item is for expanded options. Normally, do not set this item.
*2: The multifunction input terminal function needs to be set to JOG command [forward rotation] or [reverse rotation]. For
information on the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c" in Chapter 7.

32
6.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0: Terminal block
c-00 Multifunction input place selection 0 - ×
1: Communication option
Multifunction input terminal (1) function 0: Preset speed selection 1
c-01 13 - ×
selection 1: Preset speed selection 2
Multifunction input terminal (2) function 2: Preset speed selection 3
c-02 3: Acceleration/deceleration selection 1 14 - ×
selection
4: Acceleration/deceleration selection 2
Multifunction input terminal (3) function 5: Speed up command (MRH mode)
c-03 31 - ×
selection 6: Speed down command (MRH mode)
Multifunction input terminal (4) function 7: Speed/voltage hold
c-04 32 - ×
selection 8: Prohibition of s-pattern
Multifunction input terminal (5) function acceleration/deceleration
c-05 9: Maximum speed/voltage reduction 33 - ×
selection
10: Drooping control inactive
Multifunction input terminal (6) function 11: Speed/current control selection
c-06 0 - ×
selection 12: Forward rotation (positive voltage)/reverse
Multifunction input terminal (7) function rotation (reverse voltage) operation
c-07 1 - ×
selection command selection
Multifunction input terminal (8) function 13: Field loss signal
c-08 14: Field overcurrent signal 2 - ×
selection
15: External failure signal 1
Multifunction input terminal (9) function (Protection relay 86A active)
c-09 3 - ×
selection 16: External failure signal 2
Multifunction input terminal (10) (Protection relay 86A active)
c-10 4 - ×
function selection 17: External failure signal 3
Multifunction input terminal (11) (Protection relay 86A active)
c-11 18: External failure signal 4 5 - ×
function selection
(Protection relay 86A active)
Multifunction input terminal (12) 19: External failure signal 1
c-12 6 - ×
function selection (Protection relay 86A inactive)
Multifunction input terminal (13) 20: External failure signal 2
c-13 7 - ×
function selection (Protection relay 86A inactive)
Multifunction input terminal (14) 21: External failure signal 3
c-14 (Protection relay 86A inactive) 8 - ×
function selection
22: External failure signal 4
Multifunction input terminal (15) (Protection relay 86A inactive)
c-15 9 - ×
function selection 23: Traceback external trigger
Multifunction input terminal (16) 24: Second setting block selection
c-16 10 - ×
function selection 25: Emergency stop (Normally close)
Multifunction input terminal (17) 26: [For special adjustment]*1
c-17 27: Speed/voltage commanding terminal block 11 - ×
function selection
selection
28: Operation command [forward rotation]
(STARTF)*2
29: Operation command [reverse rotation]
(STARTR)
30: JOG command [forward rotation] (JOGF)
31: JOG command [reverse rotation] (JOGR)
32: Emergency stop (Normally open)
33: Protection reset (RESET)
34: External signal input 1
35: External signal input 2
36: External signal input 3
37: External signal input 4

*1: This item is for special adjustment. Normally, do not set this item.
*2: Do not set the operation command [forward rotation] (STARTF) because this function is usually assigned to the control
input terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F).

33
6.5. Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function
Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)
Acceleration/deceleration time 1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)
d-00 0 - ×
selection 2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)
3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)
0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)
JOG acceleration/deceleration time 1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)
d-01 1 - ×
selection 2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)
3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)
d-02 Acceleration time (3) 0.0 to 3600.0 30.0 sec 
d-03 Deceleration time (3) 0.0 to 3600.0 30.0 sec 
d-04 Acceleration time (4) 0.0 to 3600.0 30.0 sec 
d-05 Deceleration time (4) 0.0 to 3600.0 30.0 sec 
S-pattern acceleration/deceleration oFF (Unused)
d-06 oFF - ×
usage selection on (Used)
d-07 S-pattern rise time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-08 S-pattern acceleration reach time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-09 S-pattern fall time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-10 S-pattern deceleration reach time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-11 S-pattern rise time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-12 S-pattern acceleration reach time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-13 S-pattern fall time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
d-14 S-pattern deceleration reach time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 sec 
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-15 Preset speed (1) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-16 Preset speed (2) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-17 Preset speed (3) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-18 Preset speed (4) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-19 Preset speed (5) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-20 Preset speed (6) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
d-21 Preset speed (7) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
d-22 Jump speed (1) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 0 r/min 
d-23 Jump speed (2) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 0 r/min 
d-24 Jump speed (3) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 0 r/min 
d-25 Jump speed (4) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 0 r/min 
d-26 Jump speed width 0 to 300 0 r/min 
oFF (Unused)
d-27 MRH function usage selection oFF - ×
on (Used)
MRH lower limit speed (d-29)
d-28 MRH upper limit speed 300 r/min 
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-29 MRH lower limit speed 0 r/min 
to MRH upper limit speed (d-28)
Speed deviation limiting command oFF (Without limiting command)
d-30 oFF - 
selection on (With limiting command)
0.0 to 100.0
d-31 Maximum deviation (positive) 5.0 % 
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

34
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
-100.0 to 0.0
d-32 Maximum deviation (negative) -5.0 % 
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

6.6. Area E (Current Cotrol Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
Regeneration stall prevention function oFF (Unused)
E-00 oFF - ×
usage selection on (Used)
(200 V class) 320 to 360 340
E-01 Regeneration stall prevention voltage V 
(400V class) 640 to 720 680
E-02 [No function] - - - -
oFF (Forward rotation)
E-03 Forward direction change oFF - ×
on (Reverse rotation)
oFF (Without simulation operation)
E-04 Simulation mode oFF - ×
on (With simulation operation)
E-05 [No function] - - - -
E-06 Restart prohibition time 100 to 999 100 msec 
E-07 Current control proportion gain 10.0 to 200.0 100.0 % 

E-08 Current control integral gain 10.0 to 500.0 100.0 % 

E-09 [No function] - - - -

oFF (Not compensated)
E-10 [For special adjustment] oFF - ×
on (Compensated)

Forward direction output maximum 80.0 to 120.0

E-11 105.0 % ×
voltage * Rated motor armature voltage (A-03) is 100%

Reverse direction output maximum -120 to -80.0

E-12 -105.0 % ×
voltage * Rated motor armature voltage (A-03) is 100%
Limit width of the voltage
E-13 5 to 120 30 V ×
corresponding to the speed
E-14 [For special adjustment] 10.0 to 200.0 100.0 % ×
0: Auto
Armature current detection DCCT
E-15 1: P-side DCCT 0 - ×
selection
2: N-side DCCT
(200 V class) 70 to 230 220
E-16 Output voltage upon rated speed V 
(400V class) 140 to 460 440
E-17 [No function] - - - -
E-18 [No function] - - - -

35
6.7. Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback
Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display

Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) (200 V class) 320.0 to 360.0 340.0

F-00 V 
operation level (400 V class) 640.0 to 720.0 680.0
0.0 to 150.0
F-01 Forward overspeed protection setting 105.0 % ×
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

-150.0 to 0.0
F-02 Reverse overspeed protection setting -105.0 % ×
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

20 to 110

* The rated motor armature current (A-04) or

F-03 Overload protection setting 100 % 
VF66B (DC motor drive) output allowable
current*1 whichever is smaller is 100%

Cumulative operation timer (1)

F-04 0 to 65535 43800 Hr ×
(Main circuit capacitor life)
Cumulative operation timer (2)
F-05 0 to 65535 21900 Hr ×
(Cooling fan life)
Motor overheat protection operation oFF (Without protection operation)
F-06 oFF - ×
selection on (With protection operation)
Protection relay (86A) operation oFF (Without protection operation)
F-07 oFF - ×
selection upon power failure on (With protection operation)
F-08 Protection retry count setting 0 to 5 0 times 
F-09 External failure(1) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.0 sec 
F-10 External failure(2) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.0 sec 
F-11 External failure(3) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.0 sec 
F-12 External failure(4) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.0 sec 
F-13 Traceback pitch 0 to 100 1 msec 
F-14 Traceback trigger point 1 to 99 80 - 
F-15 Traceback CH1 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-16 Traceback CH2 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-17 Traceback CH3 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-18 Traceback CH4 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-19 Traceback CH5 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-20 Traceback CH6 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-21 Traceback CH7 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-22 Traceback CH8 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-23 Traceback CH9 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-24 Traceback CH10 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-25 Traceback CH11 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-26 Traceback CH12 selection 0 to 12 0 - 
F-27 [No function] - - - -
F-28 [No function] - - - -
F-29 [No function] - - - -
Speed control error function usage oFF (Without protection operation)
F-30 oFF - ×
selection on (With protection operation)

36
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
2.0 to 30.0
Speed control error detection speed
F-31 5.0 % 
width (positive) * The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

-30.0 to -2.0%
Speed control error detection speed
F-32 -5.0 % 
width (negative) * The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

*1: For information on the factory-initialized data of the cumulative operation timer (1) (F-04) and cumulative operation
timer (2) (F-05), refer to "7.7. Area F" in Chapter 7.

6.8. Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area)

Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0: None
G-00 Temperature detection selection 1: Thermistor (TVTH66-Z option) 0 - ×
2: pt100 [thermocouple] (TVPT66-Z option)
Temperature detection offset -20.0 to 20.0
G-01 0.0 °C 
adjustment
50.0 to 150.0
G-02 Temperature detection gain adjustment 100.0 - 

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (2) characteristics
G-03 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity) 1 - ×
selection
2: 4 to 20 mA
Absolute value of analog input (2) lower limit
speed (G-05)
G-04 Analog input (2) upper limit speed to 100.0 100.0 % 

* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

- analog input (2) upper limit speed (G-04) to

analog input (2) upper limit speed (G-04)
G-05 Analog input (2) lower limit speed 0.0 % 
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (3) characteristics 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
G-06 1 - ×
selection 2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)
Absolute value of analog input (3) lower limit
speed (G-08)
G-07 Analog input (3) upper limit speed to 100.0 100.0 % 

* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

- analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07) to

analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07)
G-08 Analog input (3) lower limit speed 0.0 % 
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

37
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
Analog output (2) characteristics
G-09 4: Speed command 1 - ×
selection
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
Analog output (3) characteristics 7: Internal monitor
G-10 0 - ×
selection 8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (4) characteristics
G-11 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity) 1 - ×
selection
2: 4 to 20 mA
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (5) characteristics 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
G-12 1 - ×
selection 2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
Analog output (4) characteristics
G-13 4: Speed command 2 - ×
selection
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
Analog output (5) characteristics 7: Internal monitor
G-14 3 - ×
selection 8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)
G-15 Line speed monitor adjustment 0.0 to 2000.0 0.0 - 
1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
G-16 Analog input monitor display selection 3: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3) 1 - 
4: Analog input (4) [optional board] (AIN4)
5: Analog input (5) [optional board] (AIN5)

38
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
G-17 Motor protection temperature*1 150 to 180 150 °C 

*1: This is available only when thermistor (TVTH66-Z option) is selected for the temperature detection selection (G-00 =
1).

6.9. Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area)

Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
Multifunction output terminal (1) 0: [No function]
H-00 7 - ×
function selection 1: Speed detection (1) (speed is equal to the
Multifunction output terminal (2) detection setting)
H-01 2: Speed detection (1) (speed is more than 1 - -
function selection
or equal to the detection setting)
Multifunction output terminal (3) 3: Speed detection (1) (speed is less than or
H-02 0 - -
function selection equal to the detection setting)
Multifunction output terminal (4) 4: Speed detection (2) (speed is equal to the
H-03 8 - -
function selection detection setting)
Multifunction output terminal (5) 5: Speed detection (2) (speed is more than
H-04 or equal to the detection setting) 2 - -
function selection
6: Speed detection (2) (speed is less than or
Multifunction output terminal (6) equal to the detection setting)
H-05 3 - -
function selection 7: Specified value reached
8: Armature current detection (polarized)
9: Armature current detection (absolute
value)
10: During power failure
11: Overload pre-alarm
12: During retrying
13: During reversing
14: Protection code
15: [No function]
16: In operation
17: [No function]
18: Timer 1 elapsed
19: Timer 2 elapsed
20: Second setting block selected
21: Cooling fan failure
22: External DB (dynamic braking) unit failure
- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
H-06 Speed detection (1) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
H-07 Speed detection (2) 0 r/min 
(A-00)
H-08 Speed detection width 0 to 600 0 r/min 
-205 to 205
Armature current detection (with
H-09 * VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is 0 % 
polarity)
100%

0 to 205
Armature current detection (absolute
H-10 * VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is 0 % 
value)
100%

0 to 100

Overload protection pre-alarm * Comparing values of rated motor armature

H-11 50 % 
operation level setting current (A-04) and VF66B (DC motor drive)
allowable current*1, smaller one is 100%

39
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
50.0 to 100.0

* Analog input (1) to (3) upper limit

H-12 Maximum speed/voltage reduction rate 90.0 % 
speed/voltage (b-18), (G-04), (G-07) are
100%

*1: For VF66B (DC motor drive) output allowable current, refer to "7.7. Area F" in Chapter 7.

6.10. Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control /Amature Voltage Control Switch
Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
oFF (Unused)
i-00 PLCL function usage selection oFF - ×
on (Used)
0: Unused
1: High speed operation PLCH is ON
i-01 PLCH function usage selection 2: High speed operation PLCH is ON (speed 0 - ×
command input is high speed operation
PLCH output)
oFF (Unused)
i-02 Droop control usage selection oFF - ×
on (Used)
0.0 to 100.0
i-03 Droop start speed 0.0 % 
* Maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

0.0 to 100.0
i-04 Droop rate changeover speed 0.0 % 
* Maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

0.0 to 50.0

i-05 Droop rate * Speed command (0.Sref) is 100% when 0.0 % 

armature current command is 100%

0.0 to 90.0

i-06 Droop start armature current * VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is 0.0 % 
100%

0: Speed control (ASR) mode

1: Negative direction priority for speed control
(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
2: Forward direction priority for speed control
(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
3: Armature current control (ACR) mode
4: Contact switch for speed control
i-07 Operation mode selection (ASR)/armature current control (ACR) 0 - ×
5: Armature voltage control (AVR)
6: Negative direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)
7: Forward direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)

40
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
1: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
Armature current command input place 2: Communication option
i-08 1 - ×
selection 3: Internal PLC function (high speed
operation PLCH)
4: Console panel [SET66-Z]
50.0 to 200.0
Analog input
i-09 * VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is 150.0 % ×
Armature current command gain
100%

i-10 Speed control proportion gain (2) 1 to 100 15 - 

i-11 Speed control integral constant(2) 20 to 10000 40 msec 
i-12 System inertia moment (2) 0 to 65535 10 gm2 
0: Speed control proportion gain (1) (7.ASrP)
to system inertia moment (1) (9.ASrJ)
i-13 JOG proportion gain selection 1: Speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) 0 - 
to system inertia moment (2) (i-12)
2: [For special adjustment]*1
oFF (Unused)
i-14 ASR cancellation usage selection on - 
on (Used)
oFF (Unused)
i-15 ASR feed-forward usage selection on - 
on (Used)
Variable structure proportion gain start
i-16 0.01 to 100.00 5.00 % 
speed
Variable structure proportion gain
i-17 0 to 500 100 % 
minimum gain percentage
i-18 [No function] - - - -
Machanical loss compensation usage oFF (Unused)
i-19 oFF - ×
selection on (Used)
i-20 Machanical loss offset amount 0 to 100 0 % 
i-21 Gradient of mechanical loss 0 to 100 0 % 
i-22
[For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
to i-32
Armature voltage command - Rated motor armature voltage (A-03) to
i-33 0 V 
(for armature voltage control) Rated motor armature voltage (A-03)
Forward JOG armature voltage
i-34 command 0 to 300 10 V 
(for armature voltage control)
Reverse JOG armature voltage
i-35 command -300 to 0 -10 V 
(for armature voltage control)
- Twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current
to twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
Armature current command (for current current
i-36 0 % 
control)
* VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is
100%

Armature current command

i-37 acceleration time 0.0 to 60.0 15.0 sec 
(for current control)
i-38 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*2: Provided for special adjustment. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory default).

41
6.11. Area J (Communication Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
0:OFF
1: OPCN66-Z
2: [For special adjustment]*2
3: [For special adjustment]*2
J-00 Digital communication option selection 0 - ×
4: [For special adjustment]*2
5: IO66-Z
6: [For special adjustment]*2
7: CC66-Z
0: 156 kbps
1: 625 kbps
2: 2.5 Mbps
J-01 CC66-Z baud rate 4 - 
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
5: 10 Mbps
0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
J-02 OPCN66-Z baud rate 2: 500 kbps 3 - ×
3: 1 Mbps
4: [For special adjustment]*2
J-03 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
J-04 OPCN66-Z input 3 to 19 14 - ×
J-05 OPCN66-Z output 2 to 12 6 - ×
*1
J-06 [For special adjustment] - - - -
125kbps 250kbps 500 kbps/1 Mbps
0: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
1: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
OPCN66-Z transmission wait time 2: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
selection 3: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
4: 200 μs 150 μs 150 μs
5: 200 μs 100 μs 100 μs
6: 200 μs 100 μs 50 μs
J-07 Number of 0 - ×
Version
occupied stations
0: 1.1 One
CC66-Z 1: 1.1 Two
CC-Link version/number of occupied 2: 1.1 Three
stations selection 3: 1.1 Four
4: 2.0 (double) One
5: 2.0 (4 times) One
6: 2.0 (8 times) One
J-08 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
*1
J-09 [For special adjustment] - - - -

J-10 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -

*1
J-11 [For special adjustment] - - - -
J-12 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
0: Communication option
J-13 High speed response input selection 0 - ×
1: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
Date/Time data selection from 0: Without date/time data
J-14 0 - ×
communication 1: With date/time data

42
 Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
Number of dynamic braking (DB) -6 to -13
J-15 0 - ×
optional units [VFDB2009] connected 0 to 6

*1: For expanded options. Usually do not set this item.

*2: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*3: For the number of external DB (dynamic braking) units (with communication) [VFDB2009] connected (J-15), the
absolute value represents the number of units connected. Setting a negative value enables VF66B (DC motor drive) to
be stopped when the communication with the external DB (dynamic braking) unit is disabled or the external DB
(dynamic braking) unit is in protective operation.

6.12. Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
L-00 Vdc detection gain 80.0 to 120.0 100.0 % ×
L-01 Analog input (1) gain 50.00 to 150.00 Adjusted % 
L-02 Analog input (1) offset -50.00 to 50.00 Adjusted % 
L-03 Analog output (1) gain 50.0 to 150.0 Adjusted % 
L-04 Analog output (1) offset -50.0 to 50.0 Adjusted % 
L-05 Analog input (2) gain 50.00 to 150.00 100.00 % 
L-06 Analog input (2) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.00 % 
L-07 Analog input (3) gain 50.00 to 150.00 100.00 % 
L-08 Analog input (3) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.00 % 
L-09 Analog output (2) gain 50.0 to 150.0 100.0 % 
L-10 Analog output (2) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.0 % 
L-11 Analog output (3) gain 50.0 to 150.0 100.0 % 
L-12 Analog output (3) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.0 % 
L-13 Analog input (4) gain 50.00 to 150.00 100.00 % 
L-14 Analog input (4) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.00 % 
L-15 Analog input (5) gain 50.00 to 150.00 100.00 % 
L-16 Analog input (5) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.00 % 
L-17 Analog output (4) gain 50.0 to 150.0 100.0 % 
L-18 Analog output (4) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.0 % 
L-19 Analog output (5) gain 50.0 to 150.0 100.0 % 
L-20 Analog output (5) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.0 % 
VF66B (DC motor drive) operation SnPL (simple mode)
L-21 SnPL % ×
mode monitor*1 FuLL (full mode)
L-22 Current detection gain adjustment 95.0 to 105.0 100.0 % ×

*1: VF66B (DC motor drive) operation mode monitor (L-21) only allows to view.

43
6.13. Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Model Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
n-00 VF66B (DC motor drive) mode d: VF66B (DC motor drive) mode d - ×
2r222 through 9022
n-01 VF66B (DC motor drive) models - ×
2r244 through 31544

* Area n only allows contents of setting items to be viewed.

Rewriting each item can be executed by initializing area S. For details of area S, refer to "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6
and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

6.14. Area o (Special Adjustment Area)

Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
Special adjusted analog output
o-00 0 to 65535 - - 
address H [for special adjustment]*1
Special adjusted analog output
o-01 0 to 65535 - - 
address L [for special adjustment]*1
Special adjusted SET66-Z output
o-02 0 to 65535 - - 
address H [for special adjustment]*1
Special adjusted SET66-Z output
o-03 0 to 65535 - - 
address L [for special adjustment]*1
o-04
[For special adjustment]*1 - - -
to o-53

*1: Area o is provided for special adjustment and special usage. It cannot be changed. In addition, it is not
displayed on the console panel monitor. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as
factory default). (Usually an error occurs when write is performed.)

6.15. Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter)

Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
For details, refer to the PLC function
P0000
P register setting description in separate "VF66 series PCTool - - -
to PFFFF
Manual."

44
6.16. Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite : ReWrite is possible, ×: ReWrite is not possible
Console
Factory-
panel Driving
Contents Setting range (selecting item) initialized Unit
monitor ReWrite
data
display
1: VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization
2: [For special adjustment]*1
3: Clear protections
4: [For special adjustment]*1
10 to 15: [No function]
99: VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization [for
S-00 Special mode selection special adjustment]*1 - - 
101: Data transfer to SET66EX-Z*2
102: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (without
area A) *2
103: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (with area
A) *2
104: Data comparison with SET66EX-Z*2
S-01 Cumulative_operation_timer(1)_clear 1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(1) - - 
S-02 Cumulative_operation_timer(2)_clear 1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(2) - - 
S-03 Vdc adjustment Vdc value (V): Vdc detection gain adjustment - - ×
ROM rewrite is enabled by entering 1040 after
S-04 ROM rewrite switch - - ×
power-on.
S-05 [No function] - - - -
1: Analog input (1) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input
S-06 Analog input (1) adjustment - - ×
(1) voltage (V):
Analog input (1) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (1) offset adjustment
S-07 Analog output (1) adjustment - - ×
2: Analog output (1) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (2) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input
S-08 Analog input (2) adjustment - - ×
(2) voltage (V):
Analog input (2) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (2) offset adjustment
S-09 Analog output (2) adjustment - - ×
2: Analog output (2) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (3) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input
S-10 Analog input (3) adjustment - - ×
(3) voltage (V):
Analog input (3) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (3) offset adjustment
S-11 Analog output (3) adjustment - - ×
2: Analog output (3) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (4) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input
S-12 Analog input (4) adjustment - - ×
(4) voltage (V):
Analog input (4) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (4) offset adjustment
S-13 Analog output (4) adjustment - - ×
2: Analog output (4) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (5) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input
S-14 Analog input (5) adjustment - - ×
(5) voltage (V):
Analog input (5) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (5) offset adjustment
S-15 Analog output (5) adjustment - - ×
2: Analog output (5) gain adjustment
S-16 [For special adjustment]*1 - - 

* For area S setting, enter 1040 first, then within 60 seconds a selection item must be entered.
*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*2: SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

45
 Chapter 7 Descriptions of Parameters
This chapter describes parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive). Each section of this chapter describes
parameters of each area.

7.1. Basic Setting Area

In the basic setting area, the common-used basic setting items to operate VF66B (DC motor drive) are shown
below.
In this area, you can set operating speed and adjust normal acceleration or deceleration time from the
console.

Settings of operation speed

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
- maximum speed (A-00)
0.SrEF Speed command 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
1.FJoG Forward JOG speed Minimum speed (A-01) to 300 1 24 r/min
2.rJoG Reverse JOG speed -300 to -minimum speed (A-01) 1 -24 r/min

Speed command (0.SrEF):

Set this parameter when the operation speed is set using the console panel. This parameter is enabled when
the console panel is selected for the command input when coupled (b-09) and the interlock is selected for the
speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10), and when the console panel is selected as the
speed commanding place in the speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10). Refer to "6.4. Area
b" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area b" in Chapter 7.

Forward/Reverse JOG speed (1.FJoG/2.rJoG):

Set the forward or reverse jog speed.

Settings of acceleration/deceleration time

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
3.Acc1 Acceleration time (1) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec
4.dEc1 Deceleration time (1) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec
5.Acc2 Acceleration time (2) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 0.3 sec
6.dEc2 Deceleration time (2) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 0.3 sec

Acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1) to deceleration time (2) (6.dEc2):

Set the acceleration time from 0 to the Maximum speed ＜A-00＞ and the deceleration time from the
Maximum speed ＜A-00＞ to 0. VF66B (DC motor drive) has four types of acceleration/deceleration time,
and you can switch to one of them using the acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) and JOG
acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-01). (At the initial settings, acceleration/deceleration times (1)
(3.Acc1 and 4.dEc1) are for the normal operation and acceleration/deceleration times (2) (5.Acc2 and 6.dEc2)
are for the JOG operation. For more information about acceleration/deceleration time settings, refer to "6.5.
Area d" in Chapter 6 and "7.5. Area d" in Chapter 7 together with this section.)

46
Settings of speed control gain
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
7.ASrP Speed control proportion gain (1) 1 to 50 1 15 -
8.ASri Speed control integral time constant (1) 2 to 10000 1 40 msec
9.ASrJ System inertia moment (1) 0 to 65535 1 10 gm2

In the VF66B (DC motor drive), you can control speed with the MFC control which combines the feed forward
with the cancellation using the disturbance torque observer.

Speed control proportion gain(1) (7.ASrP)

Set the speed control proportion gain.
Speed control integral time constant(1)
(8.ASri)
Set the speed control integral gain equivalent
with a filter time constant. ASR feed-forward
Js ／ (1+Tis) usage selection
System inertia moment(1) (9.ASrJ) (i-15)
Set the inertia moment used for speed control Speed
cancellation and feed forward in gm2. command + + + Torque command
Kp
Typically, input 20 to 100% of a value where - Moment of inertia Speed control
of system +
inertia moment of the motor itself is added to a 9.ASrJ
integral time
load inertia moment value converted to the Speed control constant
proportion gain (1) 8.ASri
motor shaft. Filter
7.ASrP
In case of the gear rattle caused by large gear
backlash or the belt vibration connected motor
and load, take the following measures: G(s)
・Set a smaller value. - +

・Change the settings of the ASR cancelation ASR cancellation usage

Motor speed
usage selection (i-14) and the ASR selection (i-14)
feed-forward usage selection (i-15). Not use
the cancellation and feed forward. Speed control block

* For information on settings of the ASR

cancellation usage selection (i-14) and ASR
feed-forward usage selection (i-15), refer to
"6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6 and "7.10. Area i"
in Chapter 7.

7.2. Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area)

In the area A, set the motor parameters required for control by VF66B (DC motor drive).
Before operating VF66B (DC motor drive), be sure to set each parameter for your motor and system.

Settings of maximum/minimum speeds of motor

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
A-00 Maximum speed 300 to 30000 1 1800 r/min

A-01 Minimum speed 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 1 0 r/min

47
Maximum speed (A-00):
Set the maximum speed (absolute value) at which the motor operates. VF66B (DC motor drive) controls
speed, considering this value as 100 % (standard).
When using the speed less than or equal to the rated motor speed, set a value of the rated motor speed.

Minimum speed (A-01):

Set the minimum speed (absolute value) at which the motor operates. For speed control, even when you input
a speed command below this speed as an absolute value, it will be limited to this setting value.
(However, When the motor operates in the current control mode with the Operation_mode_selection (i-07),
the setting of (A-01) is not available.)

Settings of nameplate values of motor

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Varies with VF66B
the model of (DC motor
A-02 Rated motor capacity Depends on the model*1 VF66B drive) kW
(DC motor rated
drive) capacity

(200 V class) 70 to 230 1 220

A-03 Rated motor armature voltage V
(400V class) 140 to 460 1 440

Varies with VF66B

the model of (DC motor
20 to 150% of the rated current of VF66B
A-04 Rated motor armature current VF66B drive) A
(DC motor drive)
(DC motor Rated
drive) current
A-05 Rated motor speed 20 to 100% of the maximum speed (A-00) 1 1150 r/min

A-06 [No function]*2 - - - -

A-07 Rated motor field current 0.0 to 30.0 0.1 0.0 A

*1: For minimum values of the setting range of the rated motor capacity (A-02), refer to the following table.
*2: There is no function to be set.

48
 Table: Minimum values of setting range of A-02

VF66B VF66B
Minimum value of Minimum value of
(DC motor drive) (DC motor drive)
setting range of A-02 setting range of A-02
model model

2R222 0.75 2R244 0.75

3R722 1.10 3R744 1.10
5R522 1.50 5R544 1.50
7R522 2.20 7R544 2.20

1122 3.70 1144 3.70

1522 5.50 1544 5.50

2222 7.50 2244 7.50

3022 11.00 3044 11.00

3722 15.00 3744 15.00

4522 22.0 4544 22.0

5522 30.0 5544 30.0

7522 37.0 7544 37.0

9022 45.0 11044 45.0

15022 55.0 16044 55.0

18022 75.0 20044 75.0

25044 110.0

31544 160.0

40044 200.0

50044 250.0

60044 315.0

75044 400.0

100044 500.0

Rated motor capacity (A-02) to rated motor field current (A-07): Set the values shown on the
In each parameter from the rated motor capacity (A-02) to rated nameplate of the motor to be used.
motor field current (A-07), set each rating shown on the nameplate
or data sheet of the motor. Be sure to set them because they are
used during an operation. Set values shown on the motor's
Name-
nameplate as shown in the figure or motor's data sheet. plate
When the motor has two ratings for the rated voltage and rated
current, set values whichever are larger within the speed range to be
used to the rated motor armature voltage (A-03) and rated motor
armature current (A-04), respectively.
When you use the motor to the extent of the constant output (power
constant) area, set the base speed to the rated speed (A-05). Motor's nameplate

Setting of number of PG-pulse

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
A-08 Number of PG-pulse 60 to 32767 1 600 P/R

49
Number of PG-pulse (A-08):
In this parameter, set the pulse count of PG installed to the motor.

Setting of PWM carrier frequency

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display

A-09 PWM carrier frequency 2.0 0.1 2.0 kHz

PWM carrier frequency (A-09):

This indicates the modulating carrier frequency of VF66B (DC motor drive) voltage output PWM.
Use 2.0 kHz for VF66B (DC motor drive).

Motor-mount encoder input method selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
1: AB phase input
2: Tachogenerator input (analog input(1))
[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)
A-10 PG selection 3: Tachogenerator input (analog input(2)) - 1 -
[Optional board] (AIN2)
4: Tachogenerator input (analog input(3))
[Optional board] (AIN3)

PG selection (A-10):
This parameter is set to AB phase input (A-10 = 1) at initial setting. Change the setting in accordance with PG
mounted on the motor. Incidentally, when using a tachogenerator, set the rated speed of tachogenerator
(A-20) and voltage input to VF66B (DC motor drive) upon rated speed of tachogenerator (A-21).

Console
panel Setting Initialize
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution d data
display
A-13 to -
[For special adjustment]*1 - - -
A-14

*1: This item is for special adjustment. Leave the parameter data at the factory-initialized data.

Dead time compensation of IGBT chip in VF66B (DC motor drive)

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Dead time compensation
A-11 0.00 to 9.99 0.01 μsec
(P Positive side) Varies
Dead time compensation with the
A-12 0.00 to 9.99 0.01 model of μsec
(P Negative side)
VF66B
Dead time compensation (DC
A-15 0.00 to 9.99 0.01 μsec
(N Positive side) motor
Dead time compensation drive)*1
A-16 0.00 to 9.99 0.01 μsec
(N Negative side)

*1: For information on initialized data of parameters from the dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead
time compensation (N Negative side) (A-16), refer to the following table.

50
 Table: Initialized data of parameters from A-11 to 16

VF66B Initialized data of VF66B Initialized data of

(DC motor drive) parameters from (DC motor drive) parameters from
model A-11 to 16 model A-11 to 16

2R222 4.00 2R244 4.00

3R722 4.00 3R744 4.00
5R522 4.00 5R544 4.00
7R522 4.00 7R544 4.00

1122 2.80 1144 2.80

1522 2.80 1544 2.80

2222 2.80 2244 2.80

3022 2.80 3044 2.80

3722 2.80 3744 2.80

4522 2.80 4544 2.80

5522 2.80 5544 2.80

7522 2.80 7544 2.80

9022 2.80 11044 2.80

15022 2.80 16044 2.80

18022 2.80 20044 2.80

25044 2.80

31544 2.80

40044 2.80

50044 2.80

60044 2.80

75044 2.80

100044 2.80

Dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead time compensation (N Negative side) (A-16):
In parameters from the dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead time compensation (N
Negative side) (A-16), set dead time compensation of IGBT chips of phases in VF66B (DC motor drive) to
calculate output voltages to be used for control calculations accurately.

51
Motor electric constants
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Varies with
the model of
(The setting range and resolution vary with
A-17 Motor armature resistance - VF66B mΩ
the model of VF66B (DC motor drive)*1)
(DC motor
drive)*2
A-18 [No function]*3 - - - -
Varies with
the model of
(The setting range and resolution vary with
A-19 Motor armature inductance - VF66B mH
the model of VF66B (DC motor drive)*1)
(DC motor
drive)*2

*1: For information on setting range of the motor armature resistance (A-17) and motor armature inductance (A-19), refer
to the following table.
*2: Initialized data of the motor armature resistance (A-17) and motor armature inductance (A-19) vary with the model of
VF66B (DC motor drive).
*3: There is no function to be set.
Table: Setting range of A-17 and A-19
A-17 A-19 A-17 A-19
Model of VF66B Model of VF66B
Setting range Setting range Setting range Setting range
(DC motor drive) (DC motor drive)
[mΩ] [mH] [mΩ] [mH]
2R222 1 to 65535 0.1 to 3276.7 2R244
3R722 3R744 1 to 65535
0.1 to 3276.7
5R522 5R544
7R522 0.1 to 6553.5 7R544
0.01 to 327.67
1122 1144
1522 1544
0.1 to 6553.5
2222 2244
3022 3044
0.01 to 327.67
3722 3744
4522 0.01 to 655.35 4544
5522 5544
0.001 to 32.767
7522 7544
9022 11044
0.01 to 655.35
15022 16044
0.001 to 65.535
18022 20044
25044
31544
0.001 to 32.767
40044
50044
60044 0.001 to 65.535
75044
100044

52
 Table: Initialized data of A-17 and A-19
A-17 A-19 A-17 A-19
Model of VF66B Model of VF66B
initialized data initialized data initialized data initialized data
(DC motor drive) (DC motor drive)
[mΩ] [mH] [mΩ] [mH]
2R222 2790 60.0 2R244 10712 59.8
3R722 941.0 18.00 3R744 5666 37.4
5R522 608.0 12.00 5R544 3486 35.3
7R522 377.0 6.20 7R544 1800.0 33.2
1122 387.0 6.20 1144 1250.0 22.80
1522 357.0 6.20 1544 821.0 5.31
2222 257.00 1.99 2244 805.0 5.31
3022 162.00 1.700 3044 557.0 4.70
3722 123.00 1.670 3744 432.0 4.20
4522 73.90 1.000 4544 230.00 3.50
5522 73.70 1.000 5544 223.00 3.50
7522 47.00 0.680 7544 179.00 2.89
9022 28.90 0.500 11044 105.00 1.870
15022 12.000 0.120 16044 65.70 1.370
18022 10.000 0.100 20044 34.90 0.987
25044 34.40 0.987
31544 21.20 0.470
40044 16.800 0.751
50044 12.400 0.602
60044 11.120 0.382
75044 8.460 0.312
100044 5.947 0.241

Motor armature resistance (A-17):

In the motor armature resistance (A-17), set (motor armature resistance) + (wiring resistance between VF66B
(DC motor drive) and motor).

Motor armature inductance (A-19):

In the motor armature inductance (A-19), set the inductance.

Tachogenerator settings
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
A-20 Rated speed of tachogenerator 100 to 5000 1 2000 r/min
Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
A-21 drive) upon rated speed of 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 5.00 V
tachogenerator

Rated speed of tachogenerator (A-20):

When the PG selection is tachogenerator (A-10 = 2 to 4), set the rated speed of the tachogenerator.

Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor drive) upon rated speed of tachogenerator (A-21):
In this parameter, set the voltage the tachogenerator outputs when rotating at the rated speed of the
tachogenerator.

53
Field current monitor settings
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: No input
1: Analog input (1)
[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)
Field current monitoring input location
A-22 2: Analog input (2) - 0 -
selection
[Optional board] (AIN2)
3: Analog input (3)
[Optional board] (AIN3)
Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
A-23 0.1 to 10.0 0.1 4.0 V
drive) upon rated field current

Field current monitoring input location selection (A-22):

The field current output by the field amplifier is input to VF66B (DC motor drive) using DCCT, allowing to
display the magnitude of the field current on the monitor of the console panel. In this parameter, set the
location of VF66B (DC motor drive) to input the voltage that is output by DCCT to carry out the process
described above.

Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor drive) upon rated field current (A-23):
In this parameter, set the voltage (voltage to be input to VF66B (DC motor drive)) output by DCCT when the
field amplifier is outputting the rated field current.

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
A-24 to [No function]*1 -
- - -
A-27

*1: There is no function to be set.

7.3. Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area)

Parameter data write protection setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (None)
b-00 Setting data rewrite protection - oFF -
on (Setting data rewrite protection)

Setting data rewrite protection (b-00):

When (b-00) is set to "ON," you cannot change data from the console or in other ways.
When you want to change the setting value of the parameter, select this as "OFF."

*When you try to rewrite data with (b-00) set to "ON," appears in the seven-segment display on
the console.

54
Selection of stop mode
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Free stop
b-01 Stop mode selection - 1 -
1: Deceleration stop
b-02 Stop speed 0 to 300 1 30 r/min
*1
b-03 [No function] - - - -
b-04 [No function]*1 - - - -
0: Free stop
b-05 JOG stop mode selection - 0 -
1: Deceleration stop
b-06 JOG stop speed 0 to 300 1 30 r/min

*1: There is no function to be set.

Stop mode selection (b-01), JOG stop mode selection (b-05):

In the Stop mode selection (b-01) and the JOG stop mode selection (b-05), select a behavior when turning off
an operation or jog command. When the Operation mode selection (i-07) is not "0" (speed control mode), free
stop always occurs regardless of the settings of (b-01) and (b-05).

Stop speed (b-02), JOG stop speed (b-06):

In the stop speed (b-02) and JOG stop speed (b-06), set speeds for stopping an operation or JOG operation.

Free stop Deceleration stop

Turning off an operation or JOG VF66B (DC motor drive) gradually
command will cause VF66B (DC motor decelerates according to the deceleration
drive) to stop voltage output. time until it reaches the settings of the Stop
speed (b-02) and the JOG stop speed
(b-06), and then it stops voltage output.

Operation/JOG
Operation/JOG
command
command

Output Output
current current

Free run
b-02/b-06
Motor speed Motor speed

Caution [About free run]

Note that a DC motor generates a voltage proportional to the speed even in a free run state due to the field
current. When you want to shut down the output voltage immediately after turning off the operation in a
case where the power constant area is used, insert an output MC (electromagnetic contactor) between the
motor and VF66B (DC motor drive) and operate this MC through the 52MA relay of VF66B (DC motor
drive).

55
Instantaneous power interruption restart behavior setting
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Instantaneous power interruption oFF (Not restart)
b-07 - oFF -
restart on (Restart)

Instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07):

Instantaneous power interruption means that direct current voltage becomes the specified value or less and
then returns to the specified value or more without control power failure. Select whether or not restarting
VF66B (DC motor drive) after restoring power when instantaneous power interruption occurs and the
operation is temporarily stopped.
oFF: VF66B (DC motor drive) does not restart even after the power is restored. (It remains to be stopped.)
To restart it, you need to turn off the operation or JOG command and turn it on.
on: VF66B (DC motor drive) automatically restarts after the power is restored.However, when it operates
from the contact signal or the digital communication option command, the operation command to the
inverter should be kept "ON." (After the inverter stops, when you cannot restart it with the operation
command kept "ON," the startup stall protection ( ) will operate.)

Warning [About instantaneous power interruption restart]

 When the instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07) is set to on, the motor automatically restarts after
detecting instantaneous power interruption and restoring power. Therefore, do not come close to the motor while
instantaneous power interruption is being detected.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Reverse rotation prohibition mode setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Normal
Reverse rotation/reverse voltage 1: Prohibit operation in the direction opposite
b-08 - 0 -
prohibition mode selection to command
2: Prohibit opposite direction

Reverse rotation/reverse voltage prohibition mode selection (b-08):

This parameter prohibits reverse rotation/reverse voltage operation.
・Normal (b-08 = 0):
This is a normal operation. There is no limit on both the forward and reverse operations.

56
・Prohibit operation in the direction opposite to command (b-08 = 1):
This setting prohibits an operation in the direction opposite to the operation command at the time of start of
VF66B (DC motor drive). (Once started, an operation in the direction opposite to the operation command at
the time of start is prohibited until VF66B (DC motor drive) is stopped. After starting, even if you change the
forward rotation/positive voltage operation command to the reverse rotation/reverse voltage operation
command or vice versa, the prohibited direction is not changed unless VF66B (DC motor drive) is stopped.

Speed/voltage command Speed/voltage command is decreased

is increased
Started with forward Operates in forward Limits to +minimum speed/0 voltage
rotation/positive voltage operation rotation/positive voltage
Started with reverse Operates in reverse Limits to -minimum speed/0 voltage
rotation/reverse voltage operation rotation/reverse voltage

・Prohibit opposite direction (b-08 = 2)

Regardless of the direction of the operation command, this setting prohibits operation in the direction of
reverse rotation/reverse voltage of the motor (forward rotation/positive voltage is the direction of the clockwise
rotation when viewing from the commutator). A speed/voltage command in the direction of reverse
rotation/reverse voltage is limited to +minimum speed/0 voltage.

Output axis
Commutator side

Forward
rotation/
positive
voltage

PG

57
Speed/voltage, operation, JOG command input selection
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Terminal block
b-09 Command input when coupled 1: Console panel [SET66-Z] - 1 -
2: Communication option
0: Interlock
1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
Speed/armature voltage command 3: Communication option
b-10 - 0 -
input selection 4: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
5: [Expanded options]*1
6: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)
7: Internal PLC function
0: Interlock
1: Terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F)
b-11 Operation command input selection - 0 -
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option
0: Interlock
1: Terminal block
[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5)
b-12 JOG command input selection - 0 -
[Optional board] (MI6 to MI17)
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option

*1: This item is for expanded options. Normally, do not set this item.

Command input when coupled (b-09) to JOG command input selection (b-12):
In these parameters, select commanding places for speed/voltage, operation, and JOG. You can also set
these commanding places at once by the setting of the command input when coupled (b-09). The following
table shows the commanding place for each command in accordance with the combination of settings from
the command input when coupled (b-09) to JOG command input selection (b-12).
command input when coupled (b-09)
0: Terminal block 1: Console panel 2: Communication option

Communication option
Speed command through
Console panel
Analog input (1) each communication
0: Interlock Speed command (0.SrEF)
[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1 Voltage command
Voltage command (i-33)
through each
communication

1: Analog input (1) Analog input (1) Analog input (1) Analog input (1)
[VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)*1 [VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1 [VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1 [VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1
Console panel
Speed/armat Console panel Console panel
Speed command
ure voltage 2: Console panel Speed command (0.SrEF) Speed command (0.SrEF)
(0.SrEF)
command [SET66-Z] Armature voltage command Armature voltage
Armature voltage
input (i-33) command (i-33)
command (i-33)
selection
Communication option Communication option Communication option
(b-10)
Speed command through Speed command through Speed command through
each communication each communication each communication
3: Communication option
Armature voltage command Armature voltage Armature voltage
through each command through each command through each
communication communication communication

4: Analog input (2) Analog input (2) Analog input (2) Analog input (2)
[Optional board] (AIN2)*2 [Optional board] (AIN2)*2 [Optional board] (AIN2)*2 [Optional board] (AIN2)*2

58
 command input when coupled (b-09)
0: Terminal block 1: Console panel 2: Communication option
Communication option
Console panel
Terminal block Operation command
0: Interlock [START] and [FOR/REV]
[VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F) through each
keys
communication
Operation 1: Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block
command [VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F) [VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F) [VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F) [VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F)
input Console panel Console panel Console panel
selection 2: Console panel
[START] and [FOR/REV] [START] and [FOR/REV] [START] and [FOR/REV]
(b-11) [SET66-Z]
keys keys keys
Communication option Communication option
Communication option
Operation command Operation command
3: Communication option Operation command through
through each through each
each communication
communication communication
Terminal block
[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to Console panel Communication option
0: Interlock MI5)*3 [JOG/→] and [FOR/REV] JOG command through
[Optional board] (MI6 to keys each communication
MI17)*3
1: Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block
JOG [VFC66-Z TB1] [VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to [VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to [VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to
command (MI1 to MI5)*3 MI5)*3 MI5)*3 MI5)*3
input [Optional board] [Optional board] (MI6 to [Optional board] (MI6 to [Optional board] (MI6 to
selection (MI6 to MI17)*3 MI17)*3 MI17)*3 MI17)*3
(b-12)
Console panel Console panel Console panel
2: Console panel
[JOG/→] and [FOR/REV] [JOG/→] and [FOR/REV] [JOG/→] and [FOR/REV]
[SET66-Z]
keys keys keys
Communication option Communication option Communication option
3: Communication option JOG command through JOG command through JOG command through
each communication each communication each communication

*1: When the speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10) is set to analog input (1), you can make a
changeover in the input characteristics from "0 to ±10 V voltage input" to "0 to +10 V voltage input" or vice versa using
the Analog input (1) characteristics selection (b-17) parameter. ("0 to +10 V voltage input" is selected as the initial
setting.)
*2: When the speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10) is set to analog input (2), you can make a
changeover in the input characteristics from "0 to ±10 V voltage input" to "0 to +10 V voltage input" or vice versa using
the Analog input (2) characteristics selection (G-03) parameter. ("0 to +10 V voltage input" is selected as the initial
setting.)
*3: The multifunction input terminal function needs to be set to JOG command [forward rotation] or [reverse rotation]. For
information on the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c" in Chapter 7.

Warning [Using control input terminal [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F)]

 When you turn on the power or perform protection reset with signals input in the control input terminal
[VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F), the motor suddenly restarts. After checking that no signal is input in the control input
terminal [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F), turn on the power or perform protection reset.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

59
Settings of current limiter
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Forward powering armature current 0 to value that depends on rated motor
b-13 1 150 %
limit armature current <A-04>*1
Forward regenerative armature current -value that depends on rated motor armature
b-14 1 -150 %
limit current <A-04>*1 to 0
Reverse powering armature current -value that depends on rated motor armature
b-15 1 -150 %
limit current <A-04>*1 to 0
Reverse regenerative armature current 0 to value that depends on rated motor
b-16 1 150 %
limit armature current <A-04>*1

*1: The maximum (minimum) value of the armature current limit varies with the model of VF66B (DC motor drive)

・For models less than 7522, 7544

The value is calculated by 200 x (rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)/rated motor armature current (A-04).
If the calculated value exceeds 200%, the maximum (minimum) value is 200%.

・For models greater than or equal to 7522, 7544

The value is calculated by 150 x (rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)/rated motor armature current (A-04).
If the calculated value exceeds 200%, the maximum (minimum) value is 200%.

Forward powering armature current limit (b-13) to reverse regenerative armature current limit (b-16):
In these parameters, set armature current limits of power running and regeneration for each of forward
rotation and reverse rotation. When an armature current command exceeds any of these values, it is limited to
these setting values. Incidentally, the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive) is 100%.

Analog speed/voltage command characteristics settings (analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1))
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (1) characteristics
b-17 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity) - 1 -
selection
2: 4 to 20 mA
Absolute value of analog input (1)
Analog input (1) speed/voltage upper
b-18 speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) 0.1 100.0 %
limit
to 100.0
-analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit
Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower (b-18)
b-19 0.1 0.0 %
limit to analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit
(b-18)

Analog input (1) characteristics selection (b-17):

In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of analog input (1) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1).

Analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit (b-18), analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19):
Settings for the analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit (b-18) and analog input (1) speed/voltage lower
limit (b-19) vary depending on the operation mode selection (i-07).

・When the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0)

Set the ratio to the maximum speed (A-00).

・When the operation mode selection is armature voltage control mode (i-07 = 5)
Set the ratio to the forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11) or reverse direction output maximum
voltage (E-12) whichever its absolute value is larger.

60
For information on settings of speed/voltage commanding place selection, refer to the sections of the
command input when coupled (b-09) and speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10).

・When the speed/armature voltage command input selection is set to analog input (1) (b-10 = 1)
This section describes speed/voltage commanding characteristics when the speed/armature voltage
command input selection (b-10) is set to analog input (1).

1. When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 0 to ±10 V input (b-17 = 0)
When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 0 to ±10 V input (b-17 = 0), you can perform the
reverse rotation/negative voltage output by giving a negative commanding voltage. (Incidentally, when
operating with a reverse rotation operation command, a positive voltage performs the reverse
rotation/negative voltage output and a negative voltage performs the forward rotation/positive voltage
output.) When +10 V is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage
upper limit (b-18). When -10 V is input, the characteristics are the additive inverse of the setting of the
analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit (b-18). However, the negative value is limited to the setting of
the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19). (Because of this, to use the lowest negative value,
you need to set -100% to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19).)
Incidentally, when the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0) and the minimum speed
(A-01) is not 0, the value is limited so that its absolute value is not below this speed. In such a case, the
characteristics around 0 V become hysteresis characteristics as shown in Figure 1-2. (Upon start, the
minimum speed is of the forward rotation when started with the Forward operation and of the reverse
rotation when started with the reverse rotation operation.)

Speed/voltage command Speed command

b-18

A-01

-10 V
0 +10 V Input voltage
Input voltage A-01 x (-1)

b-19

b-18 x (-1)

Figure 1-1 When 0 to ±10 V is selected Figure 1-2 Hysteresis characteristics of minimum
speed (A-01) around 0 V

61
 2. When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 0 to +10V input (b-17 = 1)
When 0V is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit
(b-19). When +10V is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage upper
limit (b-18) (Figure 2-1). However, those are effective for positive voltages only. Negative voltages are
limited to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) (or 0 when a negative value is set to the
analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)) (Figure 2-2).
Incidentally, when the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0) and the minimum speed
(A-01) is not 0, the value is limited so that its absolute value is not below this speed. Since the speed
command is for the forward rotation only, use the reverse rotation operation command to perform the
reverse rotation.

Speed/voltage Speed/voltage
command b-18 command b-18

b-19

0V +10 V
0V +10 V
b-19
Input voltage Input voltage
Figure 2-1 When 0 to +10V is selected Figure 2-2 When 0 to +10V is selected
(Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) is 0 (Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)
or more) is less than 0)

3. When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 4 to 20 mA input (b-17 = 2)

When 4 mA is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit
(b-19). When 20 mA is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage
upper limit (b-18) (Figure 3-1). However, those are effective for positive currents only. When a negative
current is input, it is limited to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) (or 0 when a negative
value is set to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)) (Figure 3-2).
Incidentally, when the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0) and the minimum speed
(A-01) is not 0, the value is limited so that its absolute value is not below this speed. Since the speed
command is for the forward rotation only, use the reverse rotation operation command to perform the
reverse rotation.

Speed/voltage Speed/voltage
command b-18 command b-18

b-19
4 mA

4 mA 20 mA 20 mA

Input current b-19

Input current
Figure 3-1 When 4 to 20 mA is selected Figure 3-2 When 4 to 20 mA is selected
(when b-19 is 0 or more) (when b-19 is less than 0)

62
Analog input zero limit function setting
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
b-20 Analog input zerolimit voltage 0.000 to 1.000 0.001 0.000 V

Analog input zerolimit voltage (b-20):

The command is forcibly set to "0" when the absolute value of the command input voltage into the analog
input(1) terminal (AIN1) on the control board [VFC66-Z TB1] is less than or equal to this setting value. Use it
when a value does not become completely zero even if you set 0 V with analog circuit drift. (It is enabled for
both speed/voltage command and an armature current command.)

Analog output (1) characteristics selection ([VFC66-Z TB1] (AOT1))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
Analog output (1) characteristics 5: Internal PLC function output
b-21 6: Calibration - 8 -
selection
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
-1: [No function]*1
-2: 6F speed
-3: 6F calibration

Analog output (1) characteristics selection (b-21):

In this parameter, select analog output data to output to analog output (1) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (AOT1).

Analog output selectable in analog output (1) characteristics selection (b-21)

No. Selection item Output voltage/6F output

7.5 V/200 V (200 V class)
0 Output voltage
7.5 V/400 V (400 V class)
1 Output current 5 V/rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
2 Armature current command 5 V/100% armature current command
3 Speed 10 V/maximum speed (A-00)
Speed command
4 10 V/maximum speed (A-00)
(after acceleration/deceleration control)
5 Internal PLC function output 5V/20000(100%)*1
6 Calibration Output 5 V
7 Internal monitor -
8 [For special adjustment] 10V/rated motor armature voltage (A-03)
-1 [No function] -
Signal with a frequency that is six times of the
-2 6F speed
frequency converted from the speed
Outputs a signal with a frequency that is six times of a
-3 6F calibration
value equivalent to the maximum speed (A-00)

*1 For more information about the internal PLC function output, refer to "Control Block Editor Function Manual."

63
・When the analog output (1) characteristics selection is 6F speed (b-21 = -2) or 6F calibration (b-21 =
-3)
In addition to the parameter change, you need to change the setting of the switch (SW2) on VFC66-Z. Set the
switch (SW2) to 1 (toward the console panel) using a tip of tweezers or a jig with a very thin tip (about
0.8 mm).

TB1
52MA CN4
52MA
86Aa
86A RY1
SW2
86Ab 3 1
MO1
RY2
P
MO2
COM 3 1
AOT1 SW2
GND LED1
AIN1 SW1
+10 ON
ST-F
PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS
CN3
MI2 VFC66-Z
MI3
MI4 CN5
GND CN6
MI5
GND CN7 CN4

1. When the analog output (1) characteristics selection is 6F speed (b-21 = -2)
The [VFC66-Z TB1] (AOT1) - (GND) terminal outputs a signal with a frequency of six times of the value
converted into frequency F (6F signal).
The value converted into frequency F is calculated by the following expression:
F = Motor speed / 60 (Hz)

2. When the analog output (1) characteristics selection is 6F calibration (b-21 = -3)
Outputs a signal with a frequency that is six times of a value equivalent to the maximum speed (A-00).
When using a digital counter type frequency/revolution-counter, divide the frequency of the pulse count by
six. When using a DC voltmeter, the characteristics are similar to ones shown in "Frequency - voltage
characteristics" in the right part of the following figure as an average of the 6F signal output. Therefore,
adjust in accordance with these characteristics.
Note that when the maximum speed (A-00) converted into frequency F exceeds 120 Hz, apply the half of
these characteristics, and when it exceeds 240 Hz, apply the quarter of these characteristics.
3.6 V

About
10 V
Voltage

T1

T2
Frequency (converted value) 60 Hz

6F signal output waveform Frequency - voltage characteristics

(The output current is 5 mA at most) (When the maximum speed converted into frequency
F is 120 Hz or less)
T1 and T2 in the figure are
T1 = 1 msec (When the maximum speed converted into frequency F is 120 Hz or less)
= 0.5 msec (When the maximum speed converted into frequency F is 240 Hz or less)
= 0.25 msec (When the maximum speed converted into frequency F exceeds 240 Hz)
T2 = 1 / (6 x Fout)

64
Where Fout is the speed converted into frequency.
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
b-22 [For special adjustment] 0 to 1000 1 0 %

7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)

Settings of input signals to multifunction input

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Terminal block
c-00 Multifunction input place selection - 0 -
1: Communication option
Multifunction input terminal (1) 0: Preset speed selection 1
c-01 1: Preset speed selection 2 - 13 -
function selection
2: Preset speed selection 3
Multifunction input terminal (2)
c-02 3: Acceleration/deceleration selection 1 - 14 -
function selection
4: Acceleration/deceleration selection 2
Multifunction input terminal (3) 5: Speed up command (MRH mode)
c-03 - 31 -
function selection 6: Speed down command (MRH mode)
Multifunction input terminal (4) 7: Speed/voltage hold
c-04 8: Prohibition of s-pattern - 32 -
function selection*3
acceleration/deceleration
Multifunction input terminal (5) 9: Maximum speed/voltage reduction
c-05 - 33 -
function selection 10: Drooping control inactive
Multifunction input terminal (6) 11: Speed/current control selection
c-06 - 0 -
function selection 12: Forward rotation (positive voltage)/reverse
Multifunction input terminal (7) rotation (reverse voltage) operation
c-07 command selection - 1 -
function selection
13: Field loss signal
Multifunction input terminal (8) 14: Field overcurrent signal
c-08 - 2 -
function selection 15: External failure signal 1 (Protection relay
Multifunction input terminal (9) 86A active)
c-09 16: External failure signal 2 (Protection relay - 3 -
function selection
86A active)
Multifunction input terminal (10)
c-10 17: External failure signal 3 (Protection relay - 4 -
function selection
86A active)
Multifunction input terminal (11) 18: External failure signal 4 (Protection relay
c-11 - 5 -
function selection 86A active)
Multifunction input terminal (12) 19: External failure signal 1 (Protection relay
c-12 86A inactive) - 6 -
function selection
20: External failure signal 2 (Protection relay
Multifunction input terminal (13) 86A inactive)
c-13 - 7 -
function selection 21: External failure signal 3 (Protection relay
Multifunction input terminal (14) 86A inactive)
c-14 - 8 -
function selection 22: External failure signal 4 (Protection relay
Multifunction input terminal (15) 86A inactive)
c-15 23: Traceback external trigger - 9 -
function selection
24: Second setting block selection
Multifunction input terminal (16) 25: Emergency stop (Normally close)
c-16 - 10 -
function selection 26: [For special adjustment]*1
c-17 Multifunction input terminal (17) 27: Speed/voltage commanding terminal block - 11 -
function selection selection
28: Operation command [forward rotation]
(STARTF)*2
29: Operation command [reverse rotation]
(STARTR)
30: JOG command [forward rotation] (JOGF)
31: JOG command [reverse rotation] (JOGR)
32: Emergency stop (Normally open)
33: Protection reset (RESET)
34: External signal input 1
35: External signal input 2
36: External signal input 3
37: External signal input 4

* The multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) are the terminal blocks [MI1] to [MI5] of VFC66-Z TB1.

65
 The multifunction input terminals (6) to (17) are functions of an optional board.
*1: This item is for special adjustment. Normally, do not set this item.
*2: Do not set the operation command [forward rotation] (STARTF) because this function is usually assigned to the control
input terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F).
*3: Even when the multifunction input terminal (4) function selection is set to 24 (Second setting block selection), the
function is disabled.

Multifunction input place selection (c-00):

When the multifunction input place selection is set to communication option (c-00 = 1) and the setting values
of the multifunction input terminal function selection (c-01) to (c-17) is set to [11: Speed/current control
selection] to [25: Emergency stop (Normally close)], these functions are controlled by signals from the
communication option. Therefore, note that the functions through the terminal block is disabled for [11:
Speed/current control selection] to [25: Emergency stop (Normally close)].

Multifunction input terminal (1) function selection (c-01) to multifunction input terminal (17) function selection
(c-17):
The following figures show typical connection methods of the multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) of
[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5). The multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5) are set
as the input terminal blocks of functions of multifunction inputs that are set by the multifunction input terminal
(1) function selection (c-01) to multifunction input terminal (5) function selection (c-05), respectively. The
maximum allowable voltage and the maximum allowable current per terminal of a multifunction input
terminal are 24 V and 3 mA, respectively. You can select source mode or sync mode for a multifunction
input terminal and can select the internal power source of VF66B (DC motor drive) or an external power
source to use. In the initial state, source mode is selected. You can change mode to source mode or sync
mode by changing jumper settings of VFC66-Z.
For more information about the multifunction input function, refer to "Detailed list of multifunction input
terminal functions" which will be shown later.

Connections of multifunction input terminals (1) to (5)

ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z
PS PS
CN-SI Internal CN-SI
4.7 kΩ power 4.7 kΩ
source
Multifunction input 1
MI1 (+12 V) Multifunction input 1 MI1
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
Multifunction input 2
MI2 Multifunction input 2
MI2
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
MI3 MI3
Multifunction input 3 Multifunction input 3
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
MI4 MI4
Multifunction input 4 Multifunction input 4
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
MI5 MI5
Multifunction input 5 Multifunction input 5
CN-SO CN-SO
GND GND
External power source
(+12 V to +24 V)

1. Source mode (using the internal power source) 2. Source mode (using an external power source)

66
 ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z
PS PS
CN-SI Internal External power CN-SI
power source
4.7 kΩ source (+12 V to +24 4.7 kΩ
(+12 V) V)
Multifunction input 1 MI1 Multifunction input 1 MI1
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
Multifunction input 2
MI2 Multifunction input 2
MI2
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
MI3 MI3
Multifunction input 3 Multifunction input 3
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
MI4 MI4
Multifunction input 4 Multifunction input 4
4.7 kΩ 4.7 kΩ
MI5 CN-SO MI5
Multifunction input 5 Multifunction input 5 CN-SO

GND GND

3. Sync mode (using the internal power source) 4. Sync mode (using an external power source)

Warning [Safety notice]

 Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before connecting terminals.
It may result in a risk of electric shock.
 Close the front cover before turning on the power.
It may result in a risk of electric shock.
 Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before handling the jumper.
It mayw result in a risk of electric shock, injury, failure, or malfunction.

67
 TB1
52MA CN4
52MA
86Aa
86A RY1
86Ab
MO1
P
RY2
Jumper sockets
MO2
COM 3 1
[CN-SI] [CN-SO]
AOT1 SW2
GND LED1
AIN1 SW1
+10 ON
ST-F
PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS
CN3
MI2 VFC66-Z
MI3
MI4 CN5
GND CN6
MI5
GND CN7 CN4

・When the jumper socket is [VFC66-Z CN-SI] and the internal power source is used
Install switches, etc., between the multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) ([VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1) to (MI5)
terminals) and the GND terminal ([VFC66-Z TB1] (GND) terminal) using a screwdriver  M3 to turn them
on/off.

・When the jumper socket is [VFC66-Z CN-SO] and the internal power source is used
Install switches, etc., between the multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) ([VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1) to (MI5)
terminals) and the PS terminal ([VFC66-Z TB1] (PS) terminal) using a screwdriver  M3 to turn them
on/off.

Detailed list of multifunction input terminal functions

No. Item Description of function
By using three inputs of the preset speed selection 1 to 3, you can select settings of the preset
speed commands 1 to 7 (d-15 to d-21) to operate.

Preset Preset Preset

Speed command
speed 3 speed 2 speed 1
OFF OFF OFF As standard selection
(Preset is not used)
OFF OFF ON Preset speed 1 (d-15)
Preset speed
0 to 2
1 to 3 OFF ON OFF Preset speed 2 (d-16)
OFF ON ON Preset speed 3 (d-17)
ON OFF OFF Preset speed 4 (d-18)
ON OFF ON Preset speed 5 (d-19)
ON ON OFF Preset speed 6 (d-20)
ON ON ON Preset speed 7 (d-21)

68
 No. Item Description of function
By using the inputs of the acceleration/deceleration time selection 1 to 2, you can change the
acceleration/deceleration time during operation. (To use the s-pattern acceleration/
deceleration, you need to set the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection to ON
(d-06 = on).)
Acceleration/de Acceleration/de Acceleration/deceleration time to be selected
celeration celeration (including s-pattern acceleration/deceleration)
time selection 2 time selection 1
OFF OFF Standard (The acceleration/deceleration time selected in the
Acceleration/deceleration acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00))
3 to 4
time selection 1 to 2 OFF ON Acceleration/deceleration time selection (2)
(Acceleration time (2) (5.Acc2), deceleration time (2) (6.dEc2),
s-pattern rise time (2) (d-11) to s-pattern deceleration reach
time (2) (d-14))
ON OFF Acceleration/deceleration time selection (3)
(Acceleration time (3) (d-02), deceleration time (3) (d-03))
ON ON Acceleration/deceleration time selection (4)
(Acceleration time (4) (d-04), deceleration time (4) (d-05))

When the MRH_function_usage_selection (d-27) is set to "ON" and "1" (Terminal block) is
selected to the Speed_command_input_selection (b-10), acceleration or deceleration can be
controlled through an UP or DOWN command.
When frequency/speed exceeds its upper or lower limit, the inverter automatically accelerates
or decelerates until it reaches the upper or lower limit without an UP or DOWN command.
Specifying a negative value to the lower limit speed enables the inverter to operate in the
opposite direction.

Operation command
Speed UP/DOWN
UP command
5 to 6 command
(MRH mode)
DOWN command

MRH upper limit

MRH lower limit

Motor speed

When this signal is set to "ON" while VF66B (DC motor drive) is accelerating or decelerating, it
temporarily stops acceleration or deceleration and holds the speed at that time. When it is
changed to "OFF," VF66B (DC motor drive) will accelerate or decelerate again. (However, this
hold function is not available while VF66B (DC motor drive) is decelerating to stop with a stop
command.)

Operation command

Rotation speed/voltage hold

Speed/voltage
7
hold

Rotation speed/voltage
command
Motor speed/output
voltage

Even when the inverter executes S-pattern acceleration or deceleration with the S-pattern
Prohibition of s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection set to "ON," setting this signal to "ON" will forcibly
8
acceleration/deceleration prohibit the S-pattern acceleration/deceleration and return VF66B (DC motor drive) to normal
acceleration or deceleration.

69
 No. Item Description of function
When the terminal block is selected for the speed commanding place (b-10 = 1), if this signal is
turned on, the speed/voltage command is reduced on the basis of the setting of the maximum
Reduction of maximum speed/voltage reduction rate (H-12) as shown in the figure. Turn on or off this signal while the
9
speed/voltage operation is stopped. Even if you change this signal during an operation, it is not changed until
the operation is stopped. (This function is effective for the analog input from the terminal block
only)
Even when the Droop control usage selection (i-02) is set to "ON," setting this signal to "ON"
10 Drooping control inactive will cause the droop function not to be operated. (For information on the drooping control, refer
to "6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6 and "7.10. Area i" in Chapter 7.)
When the operation mode selection is set to contact change of speed/current control (i-07 = 4),
Speed/current control you can change control to speed control or current control using this signal. Turn off this signal
11
selection to use speed control and turn it on to use current control. (Refer to "6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6
and "7.10. Area i" in Chapter 7.)
When the operation command input selection is set to terminal block (b-11 = 1) or JOG
command input selection is set to terminal block (b-12 = 1), if this signal is turned on, the
Forward rotation (positive
direction of the operation/JOG command is changed from forward to reverse or vice versa.
voltage)/ reverse rotation
(Forward rotation (positive voltage) operation -> reverse rotation (reverse voltage) operation,
12 (reverse voltage)
reverse rotation (reverse voltage) operation -> forward rotation (positive voltage) operation)
operation command
selection
* Since the operation command input selection is set to terminal block (b-11 = 1), use the
[VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F) terminal to turn on/off the operation signal.
By inputting a field loss signal of the field amplifier during the operation of VF66B (DC motor
drive), you can stop the operation for protection. When the field loss signal is turned on, VF66B
(DC motor drive) cuts off the output and turns on the protection relay (86A). However, while the
operation of VF66B (DC motor drive) is stopped, the protection relay (86A) is not turned on,
and the display is cleared automatically after the field loss signal of the operation field amplifier
13 Field loss signal is turned off.
At the same time, the protection display is displayed on the console panel.
This signal also triggers the traceback. To cancel the protection operation, perform the
protection operation reset. To perform the protection reset, set either of the [STOP/RESET]
key or the multifunction input terminal as the protection reset, and then turn it on.
By inputting a field overcurrent signal of the field amplifier, you can stop VF66B (DC motor
drive) for protection. When the field overcurrent signal is turned on, VF66B (DC motor drive)
cuts off the output and turns on the protection relay (86A).
14 Field overcurrent signal At the same time, the protection display is displayed on the console panel.
This signal also triggers the traceback. To cancel the protection operation, perform the
protection operation reset. To perform the protection reset, set either of the [STOP/RESET]
key or the multifunction input terminal as the protection reset, and then turn it on.
Use failure signals from peripherals as an input of this signal to protect and stop VF66B (DC
motor drive). When External failure signals 1 through 4 are set to "ON," VF66B (DC motor
External failure signal
drive) blocks output to turn on the protection relay (86A). At the same time,
1 to 4
15 to 18 through are displayed on the console, and traceback is also triggered. To
(protection relay (86A)
active) release the protection operation, reset it. To reset the protection operation, use the
[STOP/RESET] key or set one of multifunction input terminals to protection reset and then turn
it on.
External failure signal These are similar to the setting items 15 through 18 except that the protection relay (86A) does
1 to 4 not operate. Also, traceback is not triggered for these signals. Setting each command of
19 to 22
(protection relay (86A) operation/JOG/DC brake of VF66B (DC motor drive) to "OFF" will automatically release the
inactive) protection operation.
Typically, traceback is triggered when a failure or protection operation occurs. Input of this
Traceback external signal can forcibly trigger it. (For information on traceback, refer to "6.7. Area F" in Chapter 6
23
trigger and "7.7. Area F" in Chapter 7.)

Second setting block When this signal is turned on, parameters that are set in the second setting block are used.
24
selection When this signal is turned off, parameters that are set in the first setting block are used.
This is an emergency stop signal through Normally closed contact input. When the contact is
opened, VF66B (DC motor drive) urgently stops.
Emergency stop
25 When the contact is opened, is displayed on the console panel.
(Normally close)
(Note that the emergency stop is activated disabling the operation unless the contact is closed
when this function is set to any of the terminal blocks.)
This item is for special adjustment. Normally, do not set this item.
26 [For special adjustment]

70
 No. Item Description of function
When this signal is turned on, the terminal block ([VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)) is selected as the
speed commanding place forcibly regardless of the setting of the speed command input
(b-10). Even when the preset speed selection is input concurrently, this signal takes priority.
Speed/voltage command
27 * When an optional board is installed, the place is changed from the [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
terminal block selection
terminal to the terminal block of the optional board ([optional board] (AIN2) terminal) forcibly
regardless of the setting of the digital communication option selection (J-00).
Note that the protection function of the communication option is not activated when the
digital communication option selection (J-00) is set to 0 (OFF).
Operation command When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the Operation command input selection (b-11) and this
28 [forward rotation]*1 signal is set to "ON," the motor starts running.
(STARTF)
Operation command When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the Operation command input selection (b-11) and this
29 [reverse rotation] signal is set to "ON," the motor starts running in reverse.
(STARTR)
JOG command [forward When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the JOG command input selection (b-12) and this signal is
30 rotation] set to "ON," the motor jogs forward.
(JOGF)
JOG command [reverse When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the JOG command input selection (b-12) and this signal is
31 rotation] set to "ON," the motor jogs in reverse.
(JOGR)
This is an emergency stop signal through Normally open contact input. When the contact is
Emergency stop short circuited, VF66B (DC motor drive) urgently stops.
32
(Normally open)
When the contact is closed, is displayed on the console panel.
Protection reset Setting this signal to "ON" during the protection operation will release the protection operation.
33
(RESET)
When an external signal is input, the fact that a signal is input from external is sent to the
34 to 37 External signal input
master via an optional board (communication).

*1: Do not set the operation command [forward rotation] (STARTF) because this function is usually assigned to the control
input terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F).

7.5. Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function
Setting Area)

Selections and settings of acceleration/deceleration time

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)
Acceleration/deceleration time 1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)
d-00 - 0 -
selection 2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)
3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)
0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)
JOG acceleration/deceleration time 1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)
d-01 - 1 -
selection 2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)
3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)
d-02 Acceleration time (3) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec
d-03 Deceleration time (3) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec
d-04 Acceleration time (4) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec
d-05 Deceleration time (4) 0.0 to 3600.0 0.1 30.0 sec
S-pattern acceleration/deceleration oFF (Unused)
d-06 - oFF -
usage selection on (Used)
d-07 S-pattern rise time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec
d-08 S-pattern acceleration reach time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec
d-09 S-pattern fall time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec
d-10 S-pattern deceleration reach time (1) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec

71
 Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
d-11 S-pattern rise time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec
d-12 S-pattern acceleration reach time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec
d-13 S-pattern fall time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec
d-14 S-pattern deceleration reach time (2) 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 0.1 sec

Acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) to JOG acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-01):

In acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) and JOG acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-01),
select acceleration/deceleration time settings to be used for the normal operation and JOG operation,
respectively. Incidentally, you can change the acceleration/deceleration time setting for the normal operation
using the multifunction input.

Acceleration/deceleration time
selection (d-00)
JOG acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration time Deceleration time
selection (d-01)
Selection with the multifunction
input terminal
0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1) Acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1)*1 Deceleration time (1) (4.dEc1)*1
1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2) Acceleration time (2) (5.Acc2)*1 Deceleration time (2) (6.dEc2)*1
2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3) Acceleration time (3) (d-02) Deceleration time (3) (d-03)
3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4) Acceleration time (4) (d-04) Deceleration time (4) (d-05)

*1 The acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1), deceleration time (1) (4.dEc1), acceleration time (2) (5.Acc2), and deceleration
time (2) (6.dEc2) are items of the basic setting area.

Acceleration time (3) (d-02) to deceleration time (4) (d-05):

Set each acceleration/deceleration time for the acceleration time (3) (d-02), deceleration time (3) (d-03),
acceleration time (4) (d-04), and deceleration time (4) (d-05).

S-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection (d-06):

To use the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration, set the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection to
use (d-06 = on).

S-pattern rise time (1) (d-07) to s-pattern deceleration reach time (2) (d-14):
The following table shows the relationship between the acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) and
each setting of s-pattern acceleration/deceleration.

72
Acceleration/deceleration time
selection (d-00)
S-pattern S-pattern
JOG acceleration/deceleration time
S-pattern rise time acceleration reach S-pattern fall time deceleration
selection (d-01)
time reach time
Selection with the multifunction
input terminal
0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1) S-pattern rise time S-pattern S-pattern fall time S-pattern
(1) acceleration reach (1) deceleration
(d-07) time (1) (d-09) reach time (1)
(d-08) (d-10)
1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2) S-pattern rise time S-pattern S-pattern fall time S-pattern
(2) acceleration reach (2) deceleration
(d-11) time (2) (d-13) reach time (2)
(d-12) (d-14)
2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3) [No function] [No function] [No function] [No function]
3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4) [No function] [No function] [No function] [No function]

When the acceleration/deceleration time (3) and (4) are selected, all the times of s-pattern
acceleration/deceleration are 0.0.
Each acceleration/deceleration time setting is the time of acceleration/deceleration between 0 and the
maximum speed setting and the time during the s-pattern curve. In addition, to use the s-pattern
acceleration/deceleration function, you need to set the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection to
use (d-06 = on). Note that the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration is not performed even when time settings of
s-pattern acceleration/deceleration are set if the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection is set to
unused (d-06 = oFF).
S-pattern
acceleration reach S-pattern rising
time (d-8, 12) time (d-07, 11)
Maximum rotation
speed (A-00)

S-pattern rising time S-pattern deceleration reach time

(d-9, 13) (d-10, 14)

Acceleration time Deceleration time

(3.Acc1, 5.Acc2) (4.dEc1, 6.dEc2)

Time chart of acceleration/deceleration (s-pattern acceleration/deceleration)

Settings of preset operation speed command

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-15 Preset speed (1) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-16 Preset speed (2) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-17 Preset speed (3) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-18 Preset speed (4) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-19 Preset speed (5) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)

73
 Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-20 Preset speed (6) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-21 Preset speed (7) 1 0 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)

Preset speed (1) (d-15) to preset speed (7) (d-21):

These are speed command settings of preset operation functions selected by multifunction input signals. For
information on selection of the preset operation through the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c
(Multifunction Input Related Setting Area) in Chapter 6" and "7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting
Area)" in Chapter 7.

Speed command jump function settings

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
d-22 Jump speed (1) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 1 0 r/min
d-23 Jump speed (2) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 1 0 r/min
d-24 Jump speed (3) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 1 0 r/min
d-25 Jump speed (4) 0 to maximum speed (A-00) 1 0 r/min
d-26 Jump speed width 0 to 300 1 0 r/min

Jump speed (1) (d-22) to Jump speed width (d-26):

To avoid resonance point speed caused by load machines, use these functions to jump speed commands. As
shown in the figure below, they are jumped at each point with hysteresis characteristics. Speed commands,
which are input to the acceleration/deceleration control, will be jumped. Therefore, while the inverter is
accelerating or decelerating, they pass within the jump width at a slope depending on acceleration or
deceleration time settings.

Speed command
Speed command

d-22
d-26 d-22
to d-25 d-26
to d-25
d-22 d-22 d-26
to d-25 d-26 to d-25

d-22
to d-25 d-26

d-22 Setting voltage (terminal block)

to d-25 d-26
[VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)

Setting voltage (terminal block)

[VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)

Speed command jump function When areas to be jumped overlap one another

74
MRH (acceleration/deceleration by contact) mode settings
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Unused)
d-27 MRH function usage selection - OFF -
on (Used)
MRH lower limit speed (d-29)
d-28 MRH upper limit speed 1 300 r/min
to maximum speed (A-00)
- maximum speed (A-00)
d-29 MRH lower limit speed 1 0 r/min
to MRH upper limit speed (d-28)

MRH function usage selection (d-27) to MRH lower limit speed (d-29):
By using the MRH function usage selection (d-27 = on), you can control acceleration/deceleration through
contacts (MRH mode). At this time, by setting the operation commanding place selection to terminal block
through the settings of the command input when coupled (b-09) and speed command input (b-10), you can
speed up/down through the multifunction input contact. For information on the multifunction input function,
refer to "6.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c (Multifunction
Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 7.
When an UP command is input, the speed is accelerated toward the MRH upper limit speed (d-28). When a
DOWN command is input, the speed is decelerated toward the MRH lower limit speed (d-29). When both of
UP and DOWN commands are not input or are input, the speed at that time is kept. However, if the speed is
beyond the MRH upper limit speed (d-28) or below the MRH lower limit speed (d-29), it is
decelerated/accelerated to the MRH upper limit speed (d-28) or MRH lower limit speed (d-29) automatically.
By setting a negative value to the MRH lower limit speed (d-29), you can operate in the forward and reverse
rotation through contacts.

Start Start
Rotation sped up Rotation speed up

Rotation speed down Rotation speed down

d-28 (MRH rotation d-28 (MRH rotation

speed upper limit) speed upper limit)

d-29 (MRH rotation

lower limit speed) Motor speed
d-29 (MRH rotation (Minimum speed)
Motor speed lower limit speed)

When the setting of the MRH rotation When the setting of the MRH rotation
lower limit speed is positive lower limit speed is negative
* When a signal of the multifunction input preset speed selection or the speed commanding terminal block selection is
input during MRH mode selection, the speed command of the multifunction input preset speed or the speed
commanding terminal block takes priority, respectively.
For information on selection of MRH mode through the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c (Multifunction
Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 7.

75
Settings of speed deviation limit function upon acceleration/deceleration
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Speed deviation limiting command oFF (Without limiting command)
d-30 - OFF -
selection on (With limiting command)
d-31 Maximum deviation (positive) 0.0 to 100.0 0.1 5.0 %
d-32 Maximum deviation (negative) -100.0 to 0.0 0.1 -5.0 %

Speed deviation limiting command selection (d-30) to maximum deviation (negative) (d-32):
When the speed deviation limiting command selection is set to use (d-30 = on), the outputs of the speed and
the acceleration/deceleration control are limited to the deviations of the maximum deviation (positive) (d-31)
and maximum deviation (negative) (d-32). This function prevents an abrupt acceleration due to a sudden
change in the load or power source voltage when the load is lightened suddenly or a similar situation arises in
a state where the speed is reduced due to the torque limit during a speed control operation, allowing to
restore the speed with the slope that is set with the acceleration/deceleration time. (Note that the
acceleration/deceleration are restricted if you set a too small deviation.)
Incidentally, the settings of the maximum deviation (positive) (d-31) and maximum deviation (negative) (d-32)
become the maximum speed (A-00) when they are set to 100%.

7.6. Area E (Current Control Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area)

Regeneration stall prevention function settings

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Regeneration stall prevention function oFF (Unused)
E-00 - oFF -
usage selection on (Used)
(200 V class) 320 to 360 1 340
E-01 Regeneration stall prevention voltage V
(400V class) 640 to 720 1 680

Regeneration stall prevention function usage selection (E-00), regeneration stall prevention voltage (E-01):
When the DC voltage rises beyond the regeneration stall prevention voltage, this function limits the torque
command toward regeneration (in the negative direction for forward rotation, and in the forward direction for
reverse rotation) to zero and stops deceleration when decelerating to prevent the protective detection by the
VF66B (DC motor drive) input overvoltage protection (oV_i) action.
During deceleration, these functions can temporarily stop the deceleration to prevent the inverter from tripping
due to an overvoltage (oV) protection operation.

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display

E-02 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: There is no function to be set.

76
Motor rotation direction changeover setting
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Forward rotation)
E-03 Forward direction change - oFF -
on (Reverse rotation)

Forward direction change (E-03):

By setting the forward direction change to reverse rotation (E-03 = on), you can reverse the direction of the
rotation of the motor without changing the input wiring. When the reverse rotation prohibition mode setting is
set to prohibit opposite direction (b-08 = 2) while the forward direction change is reverse rotation (E-03 = on),
the forward rotation is prohibited.

Simulation mode setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Without simulation operation)
E-04 Simulation mode on (With simulation operation) - oFF -

Simulation mode (E-04):

By setting the simulation mode to simulation operation (E-04 = on), you can put VF66B (DC motor drive) to
simulation mode. In simulation mode, VF66B (DC motor drive) simulates operation mode without outputting
voltages. Since VF66B (DC motor drive) does not output anything during operation in simulation mode, you
can check the sequence connected to VF66B (DC motor drive) without operating the motor connected to
VF66B (DC motor drive).

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-05 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: There is no function to be set.

Restart prohibition time

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-06 Restart prohibition time 100 to 999 1 100 msec

Restart prohibition time (E-06):

Select the amount of time VF66B (DC motor drive) is prohibited from restarting. Normally, do not change its
Initialized data.

Current control gain adjustments

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-07 Current control proportion gain 10.0 to 200.0 0.1 100.0 %
E-08 Current control integral gain 10.0 to 500.0 0.1 100.0 %

Current control proportion gain (E-07), current control integral gain (E-08):
These functions adjust current control gain. Normally, do not change its Initialized data.
77
 Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-09 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: There is no function to be set.

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Not compensated)
E-10 [For special adjustment] - oFF -
on (Compensated)

Maximum output voltage settings

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-11 Forward direction output maximum 80.0 to 120.0
0.1 105.0 %
voltage
E-12 Reverse direction output maximum -120.0 to -80.0
0.1 -105.0 %
voltage

Forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11), reverse direction output maximum voltage (E-12):
In these parameters, set the maximum voltages VF66B (DC motor drive) can output. When a voltage
command is larger than these setting values, the voltage command is limited to one of the setting values.
When voltage commands are limited to the setting value for 500 ms continuously, protective detection is
performed by VF66B (DC motor drive) output overvoltage protection (oV_o) operation.
Incidentally, the forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11) and reverse direction output maximum
voltage (E-12) become the rated motor armature voltage (A-03) when they are set to 100%.

Setting of limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Limit width of the voltage
E-13 5 to 120 1 30 V
corresponding to the speed

Limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13):

When the operation mode selection is speed control (ASR) mode, speed control (ASR) and armature current
control (ACR) with priority to reverse direction, or speed control (ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
with priority to forward direction (i-07 = 0 to 2), this function compares the voltage equivalent to the speed
detected by PG mounted on the motor with the armature voltage command, and when the armature voltage
command exceeds the value calculated by adding the voltage equivalent to the speed and the limit width of
the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13), this function limits the armature voltage command to the value
calculated by adding the voltage equivalent to the speed and the limit width of the voltage corresponding to
the speed (E-13). When armature voltage commands are limited to the value calculated by adding the voltage
equivalent to the speed and the limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13) for 100 ms
continuously, protective detection is performed by PG error protection (PEr) operation.

78
 Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-14 [For special adjustment] 10.0 to 200.0 0.1 100.0 %

Armature current detection DCCT selection setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Auto
Armature current detection DCCT
E-15 1: P-side DCCT - 0 -
selection
2: N-side DCCT

Armature current detection DCCT selection (E-15):

In this parameter, set the DCCT to detect the armature current. When the armature current detection DCCT
selection is set to auto (E-15 = 0), this function selects a DCCT among DCCTs on the P side and N side
whichever its deviation from the armature current command is smaller.

Output voltage upon rated speed

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
(200 V class) 70 to 230 1 220 V
E-16 Output voltage upon rated speed
(400V class) 140 to 460 1 440 V

Output voltage upon rated speed (E-16):

In this parameter, set the voltage to be output upon the rated speed viewing the output voltage (Vout) on the
console panel (SET66-Z). This setting is used as the reference voltage for the voltage corresponding to the
speed that is used for the PG error protection (PEr) detection.

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
E-17 to 18 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: There is no function to be set.

79
7.7. Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback
Setting Area)

Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) operation level setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) (200 V class) 320.0 to 360.0 0.1 340.0 V
F-00
operation level (400V class) 640.0 to 720.0 0.1 680.0 V

Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) operation level (F-00):

A transistor for DB (Dynamic Braking) is incorporated in VF66B-2R222 to 2222 (200 V class) and
VF66B-2R244 to 2244 (400 V class) allowing to perform the dynamic braking by connecting a DB (Dynamic
Braking) resistor and thermal relay between main circuit terminal blocks [+2] and [B] using a screwdriver  or
one of six point box-end wrenches M4 to M12. In the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) operation level (F-00)
setting, set the operation level of this built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor. When the DC voltage rises
beyond this setting, the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor is turned on. When the DC voltage falls below
this setting, the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor is turned off. Usually, leave this setting at the initial
value. When the power source voltage is high causing the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor to be
turned on even in other than brake mode, set a higher value.
* When using this function in combination with a sine wave converter (VF61R, VF64R), set this setting to 360 V (200 V
class) or 720 V (400 V class).

Over speed protection settings

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
F-01 Forward overspeed protection setting 0.0 to 150.0 0.1 105.0 %
F-02 Reverse overspeed protection setting -150.0 to 0.0 0.1 -105.0 %

Forward overspeed protection setting (F-01), reverse overspeed protection setting (F-02):
In these parameters, set the ratio to the maximum speed (%).
When the motor speed exceeds the forward overspeed protection setting (F-01) or reverse overspeed
protection setting (F-02), the overspeed protection function (oS) activates to perform protective detection. Set
for forward and reverse individually. (When you change the maximum speed (A-00), also change these
settings.) Incidentally, these settings become the maximum speed (A-00) when set to 100%.

Warning [Overspeed protection setting]

 In the forward overspeed protection setting (F-01) and reverse overspeed protection setting (F-02),
do not set a value significantly exceeding the rated motor speed.
It may result in a risk of serious accidents.

Overload protection setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
F-03 Overload protection setting 20 to 110 1 100 %

80
Overload protection setting (F-03):
In this parameter, set a reference current value for the overload protection assuming that the rated motor
armature current (A-04) or VF66B (DC motor drive) output allowable current whichever is smaller is 100%.
When an rms of VF66B (DC motor drive) output current exceeds 105% of this reference current, this is
considered as an overload situation, and the overload protection counter starts. As shown in the figure, an
overload protection (oL) will be activated according to the 150% - 60 sec characteristic curve.

oL protection operation time (sec) * The overload protection counter can be monitored via
the console panel (SET66-Z).
The overload counter performs counting over time in
oL operation time
＝ 2700/(output current (percentage to
the overload situation. When it reaches 100%, the
400 reference current) - 105) overload protection is activated to perform protective
detection.
You can also use an overload pre-alarm function to
output signals when the overload counter exceeds a
200 desired point. (Refer to "6.9. Area H" in Chapter 6
and "7.9. Area H" in Chapter 7.)
60

105 150
Rms output current %
(Percentage to reference current
(A-04×F-03/100))
Overload protection (oL) operation time

Cumulative operation timer setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Cumulative operation timer (1)
F-04 0 to 65535 1 43800 Hr
(Main circuit capacitor life)
Cumulative operation timer (2)
F-05 0 to 65535 1 21900 Hr
(Cooling fan life)

Cumulative operation time is cumulative operation timer (1) (F-04), cumulative operation timer (2) (F-05):
VF66B (DC motor drive) counts cumulative operation time in hour. When the cumulative operation time
exceeds one of the setting values of the cumulative operation timer (1) (F-04) and cooling operation timer (2)
(F-05), the "ALM" LED on the console panel (SET66-Z) turns on. Use this as a guideline for maintenance and
inspection of VF66B (DC motor drive).
When the cumulative operation timers are not changed from the initialized data, the cumulative operation
timer (1) (F-04) and cumulative operation timer (2) (F-05) represent the approximate lives of the capacitor and
the cooling fan, respectively.
When the value of the timer remaining time 1 of the monitor display item becomes 0 or less, this indicates that
it is time to replace the capacitor and that replacement of the capacitor is recommended.
When the value of the timer remaining time 2 becomes 0 or less, this indicates that it is time to replace the
cooling fan and that replacement of the cooling fan is recommended.

Motor overheating protection setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Motor overheat protection operation oFF (Without protection operation)
F-06 - oFF -
selection on (With protection operation)

81
Motor overheat protection operation selection (F-06):
Select whether motor overheat protection is enabled or not.
Using this function requires <TVPT66-Z> or <TVTH66-Z> and the motor temperature sensor.
When <F-06> is set to "ON," the inverter trips in the following conditions:
・Motor temperature exceeds a setting of the Motor_protect_temperature <G-17>.

Setting of protection relay (86A) operation upon power failure

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Protection_relay(86A)_operation_selec oFF (Without protection operation)
F-07 - oFF -
tion_upon_power_failure on (With protection operation)

Protection relay (86A) operation selection upon power failure (F-07):

Select a protection relay (86A) operation when VF66B (DC motor drive) detects power failure.

・When the protection relay (86A) operation selection upon power failure is set to protection relay inactive
(F-07 = oFF)
Even if VF66B (DC motor drive) detects power failure, a protection relay (86A) will not be activated. An
operation command (or JOG command, DC brake command) is only set to "OFF" after the power is
restored, and power failure is reset. When the Instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07) is set to "ON,"
after the power is restored, power failure is automatically reset to restart VF66B (DC motor drive).

・When the protection relay (86A) operation selection upon power failure is set to protection relay active
(F-07 = on)
When VF66B (DC motor drive) detects power failure, the protection relay (86A) will be activated and VF66B
(DC motor drive) will trip. In this case, like other protection operations, you should perform protection reset
using reset terminals or the [STOP/RESET] key. Even when the Instantaneous power interruption restart
(b-07) is set to "ON," VF66B (DC motor drive) does not automatically restart.

Warning [About instantaneous power interruption restart]

 If the Instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07) is set to "ON," the motor automatically restarts when the
power is restored after instantaneous power interruption is detected. Therefore, do not come close to the motor
while instantaneous power interruption is being detected.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Protection retry function setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
F-08 Protection retry count setting 0 to 5 1 0 times

82
Protection retry count setting (F-08):
When a protection operation occurs, this function executes "auto protection reset" and "auto restart" the
number of times which is specified in the Protection retry count setting (F-08). It executes auto reset in one
second after the protection operation occurs, and then it executes auto restart.
When another protection operation occurs within ten seconds after restart, the inverter increases a value of
the retry counter by one. When the value is below a setting value of the Protection retry count setting (F-08),
VF66B (DC motor drive) resets the protection operation again to restart. When a protection operation does
not occur in ten seconds after auto restart, VF66B (DC motor drive) considers it as a successful retry and
clears the retry counter.
* The protection retry is available for protection operations of overvoltage, overspeed, power failure (when 86A is turned
on), external failure (protection relay 86A activated), and option error only. The retry against other protections is
prohibited for safety reasons.

External failure detection delay time setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
F-09 External failure(1) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.1 0.0 sec
F-10 External failure(2) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.1 0.0 sec
F-11 External failure(3) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.1 0.0 sec
F-12 External failure(4) detection delay time 0.0 to 30.0 0.1 0.0 sec

External failure 1 detection delay time (F-09) to external failure 4 detection delay time (F-12):
Time required to detect external failure signals can be delayed during the amount of time specified in the
External failure(1) through (4) detection delay time ((F-09) through (F-12)).
These are used to adjust detection sensitivity of external failure signals.

Traceback function settings

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
F-13 Traceback pitch 0 to 100 1 1 msec
F-14 Traceback trigger point 1 to 99 1 80 -
F-15 Traceback CH1 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-16 Traceback CH2 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-17 Traceback CH3 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-18 Traceback CH4 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-19 Traceback CH5 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-20 Traceback CH6 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-21 Traceback CH7 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-22 Traceback CH8 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-23 Traceback CH9 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-24 Traceback CH10 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-25 Traceback CH11 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -
F-26 Traceback CH12 selection 0 to 12 1 0 -

83
Traceback pitch (F-13) to Traceback CH12 selection (F-26):
VF66B (DC motor drive) is equipped with an internal traceback function which can store, read out, and
analyze control data such as current and voltage during protection operations to rapidly restore it.

・Traceback pitch (F-13)

Set an interval of traceback. Traceback
data

・Traceback trigger point (F-14)

Set a traceback trigger point.

・Traceback CH1 to CH12 selection

(F-15 to F-26)
Select whether the each channel of
Trigger point
traceback is used as VF66B (DC motor
drive) internal data or a variable of the
0 F-14 100
internal PLC function.
Traceback trigger point setting
* The traceback pitch and traceback point should be
set before traceback data of protection operations
and others is captured.

Settings of
0 1 to 12
F-15 to F-26
Recorded
Recorded data Dimension Dimension
data
ch1 [For special adjustment] - PLC output 20000/100%
ch2 Armature current (positive 2357/rated current of VF66B RAM
side DCCT detection) (DC motor drive) (1 through 12)
(Settings of
ch3 Armature current (negative F-15 to F-26
side DCCT detection) become the
ch4 Direct-current voltage 10/1 V (200 V class) selection of
5/1 V (400 V class) output RAM.)

ch5 Output voltage 20/1 V (200 V class)

10/1 V (400 V class)
ch6 Speed 20000/maximum speed
ch7 Speed command (after
acceleration/deceleration
control)
ch8 Armature current command 5000/rated current of VF66B
(DC motor drive)
ch9 [For special adjustment] -
ch10 Armature current 10000/rated current of VF66B
(DC motor drive)
ch11 [No function] -
ch12 Motor temperature 10/1 °C

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
F-27 to 29 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: There is no function to be set.

84
Speed control error protection settings
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Speed control error function usage oFF (Without protection operation)
F-30 - oFF -
selection on (With protection operation)
Speed control error detection speed
F-31 2.0 to 30.0 0.1 5.0 %
width (positive)
Speed control error detection speed
F-32 -30.0 to -2.0 0.1 -5.0 %
width (negative)

Speed control error function usage selection (F-30):

In the Speed control error function usage selection (F-30), you can select whether speed control error
protection is enabled or not.

Speed control error detection speed width (positive) (F-31), speed control error detection speed width
(negative) (F-32):
The speed control error detection speed width (positive) (F-31) and speed control error detection speed width
(negative) (F-32) become the maximum speed (A-00) when set to 100%.

・When the speed control error function usage selection is set to function active (F-30 = on)
The speed deviation is acquired with the following expression:
Speed deviation = speed command - speed
When the speed deviation > (maximum speed (A-00) x speed control error detection speed width
(positive) (F-31) (%))
or
the speed deviation < (maximum speed (A-00) x speed control error detection speed width (negative)
(F-32) (%)),
a speed control error (SPdE) occurs and protection detection is performed.
This is activated when the speed controller or PG is abnormal or the speed is reduced due to the load
current exceeding the current limit.
When the operation mode selection is speed control (i-07 = 1), the speed command is a speed command
selected in the speed command input (b-10). Otherwise, the speed command is the input from analog
input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1) (0 to ±10 V voltage input, 0 to +10 V voltage input).

・When the speed control error function usage selection is set to function inactive (F-30 = oFF)
A speed control error does not occur.

7.8. Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area)

Temperature detection selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: None
G-00 Temperature detection selection 1: Thermistor (TVTH66-Z option) - 0 -
2: pt100 [thermocouple] (TVPT66-Z option)

Temperature detection selection (G-00):

Select a motor temperature detector installed on the motor.

・No temperature detection selection (G-00 = 0)

Temperature is not detected.

85
 ・Thermistor (G-00 = 1)
TVTH66-Z is used.
・pt100 [thermocouple] (G-00 = 2)
TVPT66-Z is used.

* For more information about motor temperature detection options TVTH66-Z and TVPT66-Z, refer to their manuals.

Motor temperature detection adjustments(when using TVTH66-Z or TVPT66-Z option)

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Temperature detection offset
G-01 -20.0 to 20.0 0.1 0.0 %
adjustment
G-02 Temperature detection gain adjustment 50.0 to 150.0 0.1 100.0 %

Temperature detection offset adjustment (G-01), temperature detection gain adjustment (G-02):
Adjust offset and gain of temperature detected by the motor temperature compensation optional board
(TVTH66-Z) or (TVPT66-Z). *For details, refer to the "Instruction Manual" of each option.

Analog input (2) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN2))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (2) characteristics
G-03 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity) - 1 -
selection
2: 4 to 20 mA

Analog input (2) characteristics selection (G-03):

In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option] (AIN2). * For more information, refer to the
Optional Instruction Manual.

Analog input (2) limit settings ([optional board] (AIN2))

Console
Setting
panel Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) resolutio Unit
monitor data
n
display
Absolute value of analog input (2) lower
G-04 Analog input (2) upper limit speed limit speed (G-05) 0.1 100.0 %
to 100.0
-analog input (2) upper limit speed
(G-04)
G-05 Analog input (2) lower limit speed 0.1 0.0 %
to analog input (2) upper limit speed
(G-04)

Analog input (2) upper limit speed (G-04), analog input (2) lower limit speed (G-05):
In these parameters, set the upper and lower limits of the speed as a percentage to the maximum speed
(A-00) for when inputting the analog input that is set to the analog input (2) characteristics selection (G-03) to
analog input (2) of [optional board] (AIN2) as a speed command.
 For forward rotation, the speed of the motor is limited to the speed that is set to the analog input (2)
upper limit speed (G-04) even when a speed command beyond it is input to analog input (2) of
[optional board] (AIN2).
 For reverse rotation, the speed of the motor is limited to the analog input (2) lower limit speed (G-05).
* For more information, refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

86
Analog input (3) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN3))
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (3) characteristics 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
G-06 - 1 -
selection 2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)

Analog input (3) characteristics selection (G-06):

In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option board] (AIN3). * For more information, refer
to the Optional Instruction Manual.

Analog input (3) limit settings ([optional board] (AIN3))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Absolute value of analog input (3) lower limit
G-07 Analog input (3) upper limit speed speed (G-08) 0.1 100.0 %
to 100.0
-analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07)
G-08 Analog input (3) lower limit speed 0.1 0.0 %
to analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07)

Analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07), analog input (3) lower limit speed (G-08):
In these parameters, set the upper and lower limits of the speed of the motor as a percentage to the maximum
speed (A-00) for when inputting the analog input that is set to the analog input (3) characteristics selection
(G-06) to [optional board] (AIN3) as a motor speed command. * For more information, refer to the Optional
Instruction Manual.

Analog output (2) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT2))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
Analog output (2) characteristics
G-09 4: Speed command - 1 -
selection
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

87
Analog output (2) characteristics selection (G-09):
In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT2). * For more information,
refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

Analog output (3) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT3))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
Analog output (3) characteristics 7: Internal monitor
G-10 - 1 -
selection 8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)

Analog output (3) characteristics selection (G-10):

In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT3). * For more information,
refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

Analog input (4) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN4))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (4) characteristics
G-11 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity) - 1 -
selection
2: 4 to 20 mA

Analog input (4) characteristics selection (G-11):

In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option] (AIN4). * For more information, refer to the
Optional Instruction Manual.

Analog input (5) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN5))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
Analog input (5) characteristics 1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
G-12 - 1 -
selection 2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)

Analog input (5) characteristics selection (G-12):

In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option board] (AIN5). * For more information, refer
to the Optional Instruction Manual.

88
Analog output (4) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT4))
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
Analog output (4) characteristics
G-13 4: Speed command - 1 -
selection
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

Analog output (4) characteristics selection (G-13):

In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT4). * For more information,
refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

Analog output (5) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT5))

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
Analog output (5) characteristics 7: Internal monitor
G-14 - 1 -
selection 8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)

Analog output (5) characteristics selection (G-14):

In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT5). * For more information,
refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

Line speed setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
G-15 Line speed monitor adjustment 0.0 to 2000.0 0.1 0.0 -

Line speed monitor adjustment (G-15):

Adjust the amount of gain of the monitor item (Line speed ) displayed on the console (SET66-Z).
Set the line speed at the time when a value of the Maximum speed (A-00) is reached.
A value displayed in the line speed monitor is calculated in the following formula:
Monitor speed x Line speed monitor adjustment (G-15)/Maximum speed (A-00)

89
Analog input monitor display selection
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
G-16 Analog input monitor display selection 3: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3) - 1 -
4: Analog input (4) [optional board] (AIN4)
5: Analog input (5) [optional board] (AIN5)

Analog input monitor display selection (G-16):

In this parameter, set the channel of the analog input to be displayed in "Analog input voltage " in
the monitor item of the console panel (SET66-Z).

・Analog input (1) [AIN1] (G-16 = 1):

In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (1) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1).

・Analog input (2) [AIN2] (G-16 = 2):

In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (2) of [option board] (AIN2).

・Analog input (3) [AIN3] (G-16 = 3):

In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (3) of [option board] (AIN3).

・Analog input (4) [AIN4] (G-16 = 4):

In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (4) of [option board] (AIN4).

・Analog input (5) [AIN5] (G-16 = 5):

In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (5) of [option board] (AIN5).

Motor protection temperature

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
G-17 Motor protection temperature 150 to 180 1 150 °C

Motor temperature protection (G-17):

This setting is enabled when the temperature detection option <TVPT66-Z> or <TVTH66-Z> is installed.
When the motor overheat protection operation selection <F-06> is set to "ON" , set a temperature for
activating the motor overheat protection.
Normally, do not change its Initialized data of 150 ℃.

90
7.9. Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area)

Multifunction output setting item

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Multifunction output terminal (1) 0: [No function]
H-00 - 7 -
function selection 1: Speed detection (1)
Multifunction output terminal (2) (speed is equal to the detection setting)
H-01 2: Speed detection (1) - 1 -
function selection
(speed is more than or equal to the
Multifunction output terminal (3) detection setting)
H-02 - 0 -
function selection 3: Speed detection (1)
Multifunction output terminal (4) (speed is less than or equal to the
H-03 - 8 -
function selection detection setting)
Multifunction output terminal (5) 4: Speed detection (2)
H-04 (speed is equal to the detection setting) - 2 -
function selection
5: Speed detection (2)
Multifunction output terminal (6) (speed is more than or equal to the
H-05 - 3 -
function selection detection setting)
6: Speed detection (2)
(speed is less than or equal to the
detection setting)
7: Specified value reached
8: Armature current detection (polarized)
9: Armature current detection
(absolute value)
10: During power failure
11: Overload pre-alarm
12: During retrying
13: During reversing
14: Protection code
15: [No function]
16: In operation
17: [No function]
18: Timer 1 elapsed
19: Timer 2 elapsed
20: Second setting block selected
21: Cooling fan failure
22: External DB (dynamic braking) unit failure
- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
H-06 Speed detection (1) 1 0 r/min
(A-00)
- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed
H-07 Speed detection (2) 1 0 r/min
(A-00)
H-08 Speed detection width 0 to 600 1 0 r/min
Armature current detection (with
H-09 -205 to 205 1 0 %
polarity)
Armature current detection (absolute
H-10 0 to 205 1 0 %
value)
Overload protection pre-alarm
H-11 0 to 100 1 50 %
operation level setting
H-12 Maximum speed/voltage reduction rate 50.0 to 100.0 0.1 90.0 %

Multifunction output terminal (1) function selection (H-01) to multifunction output terminal (5) (H-05):
Figure below shows typical connection methods for multifunction output terminals (1) to (2) of [VFC66-Z TB1]
(MO1, MO2). Multifunction output terminals (1) to (2) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (MO1, MO2) are set as an output
terminal block for functions of multifunction output configured at multifunction output terminal (1) function
selection to multifunction output terminal (2) function selection (H-01 to H-02). The multifunction output
terminal is transistor open collector output and requires an external direct current power source when used. In
addition, the maximum allowable voltage is 24 V, maximum allowable current per terminal is 20 mA.
Note that multifunction output terminals (3) to (6) ([optional board] (MO3 to 6)) are optional. For details, refer
to the Optional Instruction Manual. For details of multifunction output function, refer to "Multifunction output
terminal function description list" described later.
91
* Note that if the internal PLC (low speed operation PLCL) function usage selection is "on (use, i-00=on)", [VFC66-Z]
(MO1、MO2) and [optional board] (MO3 to MO6) become output terminals from the internal PLC (low speed operation
PLCL) function. Also, output for each function of the multifunction output function below can be used as input to the
internal PLC (low speed operation PLCL) function.

Speed detection (1) (H-06) to maximum speed/voltage reducing rate (H-12):

Items related to the multifunction output terminal. For details, refer to "Multifunction output terminal function
description list" described later.

Multifunction Output Terminal (1) Connection

ＴＢ１ ＴＢ１
PLC input unit PLC input unit
P P

MO1 MO1

MO2 MO2

COM COM
Power supply Power supply
(+24 V Max) VFC66-Z (+24 V Max) VFC66-Z

2. Connection with PLC (sync mode)

1. Connection with PLC (source mode)

ＴＢ１
P
+
R MO1

+
R MO2

COM
Power supply
(+24 V Max) VFC66-Z

3. Connection with relay

Warning [Safety notice]

 Be sure to turn off the VF66B (DC motor drive) before connecting terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
 Close the front cover before turning on the power.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

92
Multifunction Output Terminal Function Description List

No. Item Function description

When the speed corresponds to the speed detection (1) (2) (H-06, H-07) setting within
the ± speed detection width (H-08), the output is turned on.
The hysteresis width of 0.2% of the maximum speed (A-00) is provided for the
output.
* "Top" in the figure indicates the maximum speed (A-00).
Speed detection (1) output

Speed detection (1) (2) Speed detection (2) output

1, 4 (speed is equal to the
detection setting) Speed detection (1)(H-06)
Speed detection width (H-08)

Hysteresis width 0.2%/Top

Speed detection (2)(H-07)

Speed

When the speed exceeds the speed detection (1) (2) (H-06, H-07), the output is
turned on.
(The speed is detected using a signed value instead of an absolute value.)
Speed detection (1) output

Speed detection (2) output

Speed detection (1) (2)
(speed is more than or
2, 5
equal to the detection Speed detection (1) (H-06)

setting) Hysteresis width 0.1%/Top

Speed detection (2) (H-07)

Speed

When the speed is less than the speed detection (1) (2) (H-06, H-07), the output is
turned on.
(The speed is detected using a signed value instead of an absolute value.)
Speed detection (1) output

Speed detection (1) (2) Speed detection (2) output

(speed is less than or

3, 6
equal to the detection Speed detection (1)(H-06)

setting) Hysteresis width 0.1%/Top

Speed detection (2)(H-07)

Speed

When the speed reaches ±0.1% of the speed command value, the output is turned
on.
Operation command

Output when specified value reached

Speed command
7 Specified value reached 0.4%/Top
0.1%/Top Revolving speed setting

Speed

93
 No. Item Function description
When the armature current command exceeds the armature current detection (with
polarity) (H-09) setting, the output is turned on.

Armature current detection output

Armature current
8
detection (polarized)
Armature current detection
(with polarity)(H-09)

Output armature current

When the absolute value of armature current command exceeds the armature
current detection (absolute value) (H-10) setting, the output is turned on.

Armature current detection output

Armature current
Armature current detection
9 detection (absolute (absolute value)(H-10)

value)
Output armature current

Armature current detection

(absolute value)(H-10) x (-1)

When the input direct-current voltage becomes lower than the rated motor armature
voltage (A-03), the output is turned on. The output is turned off if rated motor
armature voltage (A-03) + 10 V or more is achieved for 200 V class, or rated motor
armature voltage (A-03) + 20 V or more is achieved for 400 V class.
Note that the output is turned off if the VFC66-Z power source is removed.

Output during power failure

10 During power failure

Input direct current voltage

Motor rated voltage (A-03) + 10 V (200 V class)

Motor rated voltage (A-03) + 20 V (400 V class)

Motor rated voltage (A-03)

When an overload condition described in the section of the Overload protection

setting (F-03) occurs and a value of the overload counter exceeds a level specified in
the Overload protection pre-alarm operation level setting (H-11), output is enabled.
A count value for activating overload protection (overtorque protection) shall be
100 %. (Suppose that the overload protection is set to be activated in a condition
where 150 % of current is output for 60 seconds and that 50 % is set to the Overload
protection pre-alarm operation level setting (H-11). In this case, when 150 % of
current is output for 30 seconds (i.e., 50 % of 60 seconds of the overload protection
activation time), output is enabled.)
11 Overload pre-alarm
86 A (failure) relay

OL activation time
OL activation time x H-11/100

Overload pre-alarm output

Rated current value

Output current
(effective value)

94
No. Item Function description
For ten seconds after the protection retry operation, output is enabled. For details of
protection operation retry, refer to "6.7. Area F" in Chapter 6 and "7.7. Area F" in
12 During retrying
Chapter 7.

When the motor is running in reverse, output is enabled. (The hysteresis of 12 r/min
13 During reversing
is provided in the vicinity of 0 speed to prevent chattering.)
When a failure occurs or a protection operation is activated, this function uses four
multifunction output terminals to output a code corresponding to the activated
protection. (Unlike other functions, this function requires four multifunction output
terminals and you should set "Protection operation code" to all of them.)
The list below shows output codes.
<Output code list>
Contents MO1 MO2 MO3 MO4 Contents MO1 MO2 MO3 MO4
Speed
Overcurrent
ON OFF OFF OFF control error ON ON ON OFF
protection

IGBT
protection OFF ON OFF OFF PG error ON ON ON OFF
operation
GAC Memory
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
abnormality abnormality
Inverter
Optional
overheat OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
error
protection
Charging
CPU
resistance
OFF ON OFF OFF abnormality OFF OFF OFF ON
overheat
handling
protection
Protection operation
14 VF66B (DC
code
motor drive) Communicat
input direct ON ON OFF OFF ion timeout ON OFF OFF ON
current error
overvoltage
VF66B (DC
motor drive)
Insufficient
output direct ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
voltage
current
overvoltage
Overload
OFF OFF ON OFF Setting error ON ON OFF ON
protection
Loss of field External
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON
system failure 1
Field system External
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON
overcurrent failure 2
Motor
External
overheat OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON
failure 3
protection
External
Start traffic OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON
failure 4
Overspeed
ON ON ON OFF
protection

95
 No. Item Function description

15 [No function] -

The output is turned on while VF66B (DC motor drive) is operating.

16 In operation

17 [No function] -

When cumulative operation time exceeds a value specified in the Cumulative

18 Timer 1 elapsed operation timer(1) (F-04), output is enabled.

When cumulative operation time exceeds a value specified in the Cumulative

19 Timer 2 elapsed operation timer(2) (F-05), output is enabled.

Second setting block When the second setting block is selected as the active setting block, output is
20
selected enabled.
When the cooling fan failed, output is enabled.
21 Cooling Fan failure

External DB (dynamic When the dynamic brake (DB) optional unit ＜VFDB2009＞ has an abnormality,
22 braking) unit output is enabled.
failure

7.10. Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control/Amature Voltage Control Switch

Setting Area)

Internal PLC Function Selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Unused)
i-00 PLCL function usage selection - oFF -
on (Used)
0: Unused
1: High speed operation PLCH is ON
i-01 PLCH function usage selection 2: High speed operation PLCH is ON (speed - 0 -
command input is high speed operation
PLCH output)

PLCL function usage selection (i-00):

If the internal PLC (low speed operation PLCL) function is used, set the internal PLC (low speed operation
PLCL) function selection to "on (use, i-00=on)."

PLCH function usage selection (i-01):

If the internal PLC (high speed operation PLCH) function is used, set the internal PLC (high speed operation
PLCH) function selection to "on (use, i-00=1, 2)."

The table below shows the comparison between two setting values for the internal PLC (high speed operation
PLCH) function usage selection (i-01).

i-01 Function description

Output o00001 of the internal PLC function becomes a speed command value for the speed control via the
1 internal change rate limit (basic setting area acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1), deceleration time (1) (4.dEc1), etc.).
This value should be specified if the function is used with basic setting items.
Output o00001 of the internal PLC function becomes a speed command value for the speed control without any
2 modification. This value should be specified if the speed command produced in the internal PLC function should
not be influenced with the change rate limit.

96
 3.Acc1, 4.dEc1, etc.
i-01
Console panel (SET66-Z)
Change rate limit 0,1
analog input, etc.
b-10
v* Speed
control error
2
v*: Speed command

Communication PLCH function o00001

option
PLCH speed control selection

For details of this function, refer to the separate manual "Control Block Editor Function Manual."

Droop Control Setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Unused)
i-02 Droop control usage selection - oFF -
on (Used)
i-03 Droop start speed 0.0 to 100.0 0.1 0.0 %
i-04 Droop rate changeover speed 0.0 to 100.0 0.1 0.0 %
i-05 Droop rate 0.0 to 50.0 0.1 0.0 %
i-06 Droop start armature current 0.0 to 90.0 0.1 0.0 %

* Droop rate changeover speed (i-04) is set as the ratio (%) to the maximum speed (A-00).

Executes various the droop control settings used to, for instance, balance the torque of two motors. If the
machanical loss compensation usage selection is "use (i-19=on)," the torque command used for the droop
control is the one used for the machanical loss compensation.

Droop control usage selection (i-02):

Select whether droop control is enabled or not.

Droop start speed (i-03):

When speed becomes more than or equal to a value of the Droop start speed (i-03), droop control starts.
(When it becomes below a value specified in (i-03) as a result of the droop control, it is limited to the value.)
Note that the droop start speed (i-03) becomes the maximum speed (A-00) at 100%.

Droop rate changeover speed (i-04):

When a speed command becomes more than or equal to a setting of the Droop rate changeover speed (i-04),
a setting of the Speed_command (0.SrEF) becomes a standard amount of droop. When it is lower than or
equal to a setting of the Droop rate changeover speed (i-04), a value specified in (i-04) becomes a standard.
(When all areas are to be drooped at a rate to the Speed_command (0.SrEF), "0.0" should be set to the Droop
rate changeover speed (i-04). Conversely, when they are to be drooped at a rate of the Maximum speed
(A-00), "100.0" should be set to the Droop rate changeover speed (i-04).)
Note that the droop rate changeover speed (i-04) becomes the maximum speed (A-00) at 100%.

Droop rate (i-05):

Sets the amount of droop when the armature current command becomes 100%, at the ratio (%) of the amount
of droop against the reference revolving speed (against the speed command [or setting of the droop rate
changeover speed (i-04)] if the revolving speed is more than or equal to [or is less than or equal to] the droop
rate changeover speed (i-04)).

97
Droop start armature current (i-06):
Droop does not occur if the droop start armature current (i-06) is not met.

Motor speed (r/min)

Spd4

Spd4×i-05/100

Spd3 i-04/100×A-00
i-04/100×A-00×i-05/100
Spd2

i-03/100×A-00 i-04/100×A-00×i-05/100
Spd1

Output torque
-100% -i-06 0% i-06 100%
A-00: Maximum motor speed (r/min)

Droop control characteristics

Operation Mode (Speed Control/Torque Control) Selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Speed control (ASR) mode
1: Reverse direction priority for speed control
(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
2: Forward direction priority for speed control
(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
3: Armature current control (ACR) mode
4: Contact switch for speed control
i-07 Operation mode selection (ASR)/armature current control (ACR) - 0 -
5: Armature voltage control (AVR) mode
6: Reverse direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)
7: Forward direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)

98
Operation mode selection (i-07):
Selects operation modes (speed control (ASR)/armature current control (ACR)/armature voltage control
(AVR)/priority). It is also possible to switch via an external contact in combination with multifunction input.
i-07

Speed Speed 
command control


 
Armature current
 

Voltage command
command

output


Multifunction
input
Armature voltage
command

Operation mode selection

* : Speed control (ASR) mode
: Reverse direction priority for speed control (ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
: Forward direction priority for speed control (ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
: Armature current control (ACR) mode
: Contact switch for speed control (ASR)/armature current control (ACR)
: Armature voltage control (AVR)
: Reverse direction priority for armature voltage control (AVR) and armature current control (ACR)
: Forward direction priority for armature voltage control (AVR) and armature current control (ACR)

Armature Current Commanding Place Selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
1: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
Armature current command input place 2: Communication option
i-08 - 1 -
selection 3: Internal PLC function (high speed
operation PLCH)
4: Console panel [SET66-Z]

Armature current command input place selection (i-08):

Selects the armature current command input place in armature current control mode.

- For analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1) (i-08=0):

Armature current command serves as the input for [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1) analog input (1)*1.

- For analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2) (i-08=1):

Armature current command serves as the input for [optional board] (AIN2) analog input (2)*1.

99
 - For communication option (i-08=2):
Armature current command serves as the input for communication option.

- For internal PLC function (high speed operation PLCH) (i-08=3):

Armature current command serves as the input for internal PLC function (high speed operation PLCH).

- For console panel (i-08=4):

Armature current command serves as the input for the console panel [SET66-Z].
*1: Set analog input (1) characteristics selection or analog input (2) characteristics selection to 0 through ±10 V (b2-17=0,
G-03=0) if selecting analog input (1) (i-08=0) or analog input (2) (i-08=1) in the armature current commanding place
selection. For the armature current command characteristics when selecting analog input (1) (i-08=0) or analog (2)
(i-08=1), refer to figure shown in the description of the analog input armature current command gain (i-09).

Analog Input Armature Current Command Gain

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Analog input armature current 50.0 to 200.0
i-09 0.1 150.0 %
command gain

Analog input armature current command gain (i-09):

This is the armature current command gain setting against
the analog input. The right figure shows the characteristics. Armature current command [%]
When inputting the armature current command through the (i-09)
analog voltage, the torque exists in the positive side with (i-09): 50.0 to 200.0 [%]
the negative voltage.

* Set analog input (1) characteristics selection or analog 10V

input (2) characteristics selection to 0 through ±10 V -10V
Input voltage
(b2-17=0, G-03=0) if selecting analog input (1) (i-08=0) [V]
or analog input (2) (i-08=1) in the armature current
commanding place selection.
Note that if the analog input armature current command -(i-09)

gain is set to 100.0% (i-09=100.0), the torque command

becomes -100.0% at input voltage of 10 V. Analog input armature current
command gain

Changing Speed Control Gain When JOG

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
i-10 Speed control proportion gain (2) 1 to 100 1 15 -
i-11 Speed control integral constant(2) 20 to 10000 1 40 msec
i-12 System inertia moment (2) 0 to 65535 1 10 gm2

Speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) to system inertia moment (2) (i-12):
If setting the JOG proportion gain selection to "speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) to system inertia
moment (2) (i-12)" (i-13=1), it is speed control proportion gain used in JOG. For the speed control proportion
gain, refer to the speed control proportion gain setting in "6.1. Basic Setting Area" in Chapter 6 and "7.1. Basic
Setting Area" in Chapter 7.

100
JOG Proportion Gain Selection
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Speed control proportion gain (1) (7.ASrP)
to system inertia moment (1) (9.ASrJ)
i-13 JOG proportion gain selection 1: Speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) 1 15 -
to system inertia moment (2) (i-12)
2: [For special adjustment]*1

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

JOG proportion gain selection (i-13):

Set proportion gain, time constant, and inertia moment used for JOG operation.

- For speed control proportion gain (1) (7.ASrP) to system inertia moment (1) (i-13=0)
Setting values of the Speed control proportion gain(1) (7.ASrP), Speed control integral time constant(1)
(8.ASrI), and System inertia moment(1) (9.ASrJ) are used.

- For speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) to system inertia moment (2) (i-12) (i-13=1)
Setting values of speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10), speed control integral constant (2) (i-11), and
system inertia moment (i-12) are used in JOG.

Speed Control (ASR) Selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
oFF (Unused)
i-14 ASR cancellation usage selection - on -
on (Used)
oFF (Unused)
i-15 ASR feed-forward usage selection - on -
on (Used)

ASR cancellation usage selection (i-14), ASR feed-forward usage selection (i-15):
For VF66B (DC motor drive), the robust speed control (MFC control) is configured in combination with
cancellation and feed-forward using the disturbance observer.
These cancellation and feed-forward can be switched between used/unused through ASR cancellation usage
selection and ASR feed-forward usage selection (i-14=on/oFF, i-15=on/oFF).
If both ASR cancellation usage selection and ASR feed-forward usage selection are set to unused (i-14=oFF
and i-15=oFF), the function is equivalent to conventional PI control. For details, refer to "6.1. Basic Setting
Area" in Chapter 6 and "7.1. Basic Setting Area" in Chapter 7.

Variable Structure Proportion Gain Adjustment

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Variable structure proportion gain start
i-16 0.01 to 100.00 0.01 5.00 %
speed
Variable structure proportion gain
i-17 0 to 500 1 100 %
minimum gain percentage

101
Variable structure proportion gain start speed (i-16), Variable structure proportion gain minimum gain
percentage (i-17):
Adjust variable structure proportion gain which changes proportion gain depending on the difference between
speed command and motor speed.

Proportion
gain

Proportion
gain setting
value

i-17

Velocity deviation
i-16
(absolute value)

Variable structure proportion gain

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
i-18 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: No function to be set.

Machanical loss Compensation Setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Machanical loss compensation usage OFF (Unused)
i-19 - OFF -
selection ON (Used)
i-20 Machanical loss offset amount 0 to 100 1 0 %
i-21 Gradient of mechanical loss 0 to 100 1 0 %

Torque command with machanical loss portion deducted can be used to perform over torque protection and
droop control.
* Compensation is not executed for torque commanding in torque control. In addition, compensation is not executed for
torque command monitor display.

Machanical loss compensation usage selection (i-19):

Selects active/inactive for machanical loss compensation. (If active is selected, over torque and droop control
is performed with a value not executing machanical loss compensation.)

Machanical loss offset amount (i-20):

Assuming the rated torque is 100%, sets the amount of machanical loss portion offset when zero speed.

Gradient of mechanical loss (i-21):

Out of machanical loss portion, sets motor speed proportion portion with a torque at the time of maximum
revolving speed.

102
 Torque for machanical loss (%)
Revolving speed
i-21

Motor speed
i-20

0
-A-00 0 A-00
ON OFF
Motor speed (r/min)
i-19

Torque command
after machine loss To over torque
+ compensation protection
Torque command function, droop
control function

Machanical loss compensation

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
i-22 to -
[For special adjustment]*1 - - -
i-32

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory initialized
data).

Armature Voltage Command Setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Armature voltage command value - Rated motor armature voltage (A-03)
i-33 1 0 V
(for armature voltage control) to Rated motor armature voltage (A-03)
Forward JOG armature voltage
i-34 command 0 to 100 1 0 %
(for armature voltage control)
Reverse JOG armature voltage
i-35 command 0 to 100 1 0 %
(for armature voltage control)

Armature voltage command value (for armature voltage control) (i-33):

Setting used to specify an armature voltage command value on the console panel for armature voltage control.
It is enabled when selecting the console panel as a command input when coupled (b-09) and specifying
interlock for speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10), and when selecting the console panel
as a speed commanding place in speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10). Refer to "6.3. Area
b" in Chapter 6 and "7.3. Area b" in Chapter 7.

Positive JOG armature voltage command value (for armature voltage control) (i-34)/Negative JOG armature
voltage command value (for armature voltage control) (i-35)
Sets positive JOG armature voltage command and negative JOG armature voltage command values for
armature voltage control.

103
Armature Current Command Setting
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
- Twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
Armature current command value current
i-36 1 0 %
(for armature current control) to twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current

Armature current command value (for armature current control) (i-36):

Setting used to specify an armature current command value on the console panel for armature current control.
It is enabled when selecting the console panel for the armature current command input place selection (i-08).
Refer to "6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6 and "7.10. Area i" in Chapter 7. Note that VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current is assumed to be 100%.

Armature Current Command Setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Armature current acceleration time
i-37 0.0 to 60.0 0.1 15.0 sec
(for current control)

Armature current acceleration time (for armature current control) (i-37):

Set the time required for acceleration from 0 to VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current.

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
i-38 [No function]*1 - - - -

*1: No function to be set.

7.11. Area J (Communication Setting Area)

Various Communication Settings

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0:OFF
1: OPCN66-Z
2: [For special adjustment]*2
3: [For special adjustment]*2
J-00 Digital communication option selection - 0 -
4: [For special adjustment]*2
5: IO66-Z
6: [For special adjustment]*2
7: CC66-Z
0: 156 kbps
1: 625 kbps
2: 2.5 Mbps
J-01 CC66-Z baud rate - 4 -
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
5: 10 Mbps

104
 Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
J-02 OPCN66-Z baud rate 2: 500 kbps - 3 -
3: 1 Mbps
4: [For special adjustment]*2
J-03 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
J-04 OPCN66-Z input 3 to 19 - 14 -
J-05 OPCN66-Z output 2 to 12 - 6 -
J-06 [For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
500kbps
125kbps 250kbps
1Mbps
0: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
OPCN66-Z transmission wait time 1: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
2: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs - 0 -
selection
3: 200 μs 200 μs 200 μs
4: 200 μs 150 μs 150 μs
5: 200 μs 100 μs 100 μs
6: 200 μs 100 μs 50 μs
J-07
Number of
Version
occupied stations
0: 1.1 One
CC66-Z 1: 1.1 Two
CC-Link version/number of occupied 2: 1.1 Three
stations selection 3: 1.1 Four
4: 2.0 (double) One
5: 2.0 (4 times) One
6: 2.0 (8 times) One
J-08
[For special adjustment]*1 - - - -
to J-12

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory initialized
data).
*2: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

Digital communication option selection (J-00):

With the optional board connected, even if the digital communication option selection is set to OFF (J-00=0),
the communication option can be selected for a speed command and the operation commanding place.
Multifunction input and other functions are also operational. However, because an option error (oPEr) will not
be checked, a value according to the option connected should be set. Note that if the digital communication
option selection is set to enable (J-00=1 to 7) with no optional board connected, an option error (oPEr) occurs
and the protection is detected.

CC66-Z baud rate (J-01) to OPCN66-Z transmission wait time selection/CC66-Z CC-Link version/number of
occupied stations selection (J-07)
Settings related to the communication option. For details, refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

High Speed Response Input Setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
0: Communication option
J-13 High speed response input selection - 0 -
1: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)

105
High speed response input selection (J-13):
It is recommended to set the high speed response input selection to analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
(J-13=1) when analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2) is selected for the armature current command input
place selection (i-08=1), and to set the high speed response input selection to communication option (J-13=0)
when the communication option is selected for the armature current command input place selection (i-08=0).
Setting as described above allows the armature current command to be rapidly incorporated.

Date/Time Data Selection from Communication

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Date/Time data selection from 0: Without date/time data
J-14 - 0 -
communication 1: With date/time data

Date/Time data selection from communication (J-14):

Selects the availability of date/time data from the communication option.

Setting for Number of Dynamic Braking (DB) Optional Units [VFDB2009] Connected
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Number of Dynamic Braking (DB)
J-15 -6 to 6 - 0 -
Optional Units [VFDB2009] Connected

Number of dynamic braking (DB) optional units [VFDB2009] connected (J-15):

Select the dynamic braking (DB) optional unit [VFDB2009] for an absolute value.
Setting a negative value enables VF66B (DC motor drive) to be stopped, the protection relay to be activated,
and protection to be detected when the communication with the external DB (dynamic braking) optional unit
[VFDB2009] is disabled or the external DB (dynamic braking) optional unit [VFDB2009] is in protection
operation.
For details, refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

7.12. Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain)

Vdc Detection Gain Setting

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
L-00 Vdc detection gain 80.0 to 120.0 0.1 100.0 %

Vdc detection gain (L-00):

This parameter indicates detection adjustment gain of direct-current voltage detected by VF66B (DC motor
drive).
* By inputting the voltage between 2 and  during memory initialization, this Vdc detection gain is back calculated and
the resulted value is set to this parameter. Normally, use it without changing the initialized value.
When the main circuit print board (GAC66-Z or MAC66-Z, etc.) is replaced, an error may occur between "Vdc"
display on the console and the actual voltage 2 through . If the Vdc detection gain should be adjusted
without memory initialization, do so following the Vdc detection gain automatic adjustment described in "6.16.
Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

106
Analog Input/Output Gain and Offset Adjustment
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
L-01 Analog input (1) gain 50.00 to 150.00 0.01 Adjusted %
L-02 Analog input (1) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.01 Adjusted %
L-03 Analog output (1) gain 50.0 to 150.0 0.1 Adjusted %
L-04 Analog output (1) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.1 Adjusted %
L-05 Analog input (2) gain 50.00 to 150.00 0.01 100.00 %
L-06 Analog input (2) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.01 0.00 %
L-07 Analog input (3) gain 50.00 to 150.00 0.01 100.00 %
L-08 Analog input (3) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.01 0.00 %
L-09 Analog output (2) gain 50.0 to 150.0 0.1 100.0 %
L-10 Analog output (2) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.1 0.0 %
L-11 Analog output (3) gain 50.0 to 150.0 0.1 100.0 %
L-12 Analog output (3) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.1 0.0 %
L-13 Analog input (4) gain 50.00 to 150.00 0.01 100.00 %
L-14 Analog input (4) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.01 0.00 %
L-15 Analog input (5) gain 50.00 to 150.00 0.01 100.00 %
L-16 Analog input (5) offset -50.00 to 50.00 0.01 0.00 %
L-17 Analog output (4) gain 50.0 to 150.0 0.1 100.0 %
L-18 Analog output (4) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.1 0.0 %
L-19 Analog output (5) gain 50.0 to 150.0 0.1 100.0 %
L-20 Analog output (5) offset -50.0 to 50.0 0.1 0.0 %

Analog input (1) gain (L-01) to analog output (2) offset (L-17):
Setting areas for adjusting analog input/output gain and offset.
These are automatically set through analog output/input adjustment for Area S.
* For details of area S, refer to "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

VF66B (DC Motor Drive) Operation Mode Monitor

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
VF66B (DC motor drive) operation SnPL (simple mode)
L-21 - SnPL -
mode monitor FuLL (full mode)

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation mode monitor (L-21):

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation mode monitor (L-21) only allows to view.

107
7.13. Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Mode Area)

Area n only allows contents of setting items to be viewed.

Rewriting each item can be executed by initializing area S. For details of area S, refer to "6.16. Area S" in
Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

Verification of VF66B (DC Motor Drive) Mode

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
n-00 VF66B (DC motor drive) mode d: VF66B (DC motor drive) mode - d -

VF66B (DC motor drive) mode (n-00):

The mode preset for VF66B (DC motor drive) can be verified reading out the VF66B (DC motor drive) mode
(n-00). VF66B (DC motor drive) mode (n-00) only allows to view. Modification is not allowed.

VF66B (DC Motor Drive) Models

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Equivalent
VF66B (DC motor drive) models 2r222 through 9022 to VF66B
n-01 - -
(read-only) 2r244 through 31544 (DC motor
drive) rating

VF66B (DC motor drive) models (n-01):

The VF66B (DC motor drive) model configured can be verified reading out the VF66B (DC motor drive) model
(n-01). The VF66B (DC motor drive) model (n-01) only allows to view. Modification is not allowed.

7R5 44

Voltage class (22: 200 V class, 44: 400 V class)

* When changing the VF66B (DC motor drive) model specified for VFC66-Z due to replacement of spare parts, etc., you
should first initialize memory. For how to initialize memory, refer to "Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z]" in
Chapter 9.

Caution
If the VF66B (DC motor drive) model configured on the control print board [VFC66-Z] does not match the VF66B (DC
motor drive) model connected with the control print board [VFC66-Z], normal control may fail and a risk of an accident
may arise. Keep this in mind.

108
7.14. Area o (Special Adjustment Area)

Special Adjusted Analog Output Address, Internally Adjusted SET66-Z Output Address Setting
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
Special adjusted analog output
o-00 0 to 65535 - - -
address H
Special adjusted analog output
o-01 0 to 65535 - - -
address L
Special adjusted SET66-Z output
o-02 0 to 65535 - - -
address H
Special adjusted SET66-Z output
o-03 0 to 65535 - - -
address L
o-04 to Normally, do not change the initial value as
- - - -
o-53 this is provided for special adjustment.

* Area o is provided for special adjustment and special usage. It cannot be changed. In addition, it is not displayed on
the console panel monitor. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory default). (Usually
an error occurs when write is performed.)

7.15. Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter)

Internal PLC Function P Register Setting Area

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
For details, refer to the PLC function
P0000
P register setting description in separate "VF66 series PCTool - - -
to FFFF
Manual."

* Area P is for setting constants of the internal PLC function.

For details of the internal PLC function, refer to "VF66 series PCTool Manual." This setting is not required if the internal
PLC function is not used. In addition, a value below "-20000" cannot be entered in console panel [SET66-Z]. When
entering a value below "-20000" for internal PLC, use <VF66 series PCTool>. For details, refer to "VF66 series PCTool
Manual."

109
7.16. Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment)

Special Mode Selection

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
1: VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization
2: [For special adjustment]*1
3: Clear protections
4: [For special adjustment]*1
10 to 15: [No function]
99: VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization [for
S-00 Special mode selection special adjustment]*1 - - -
101: Data transfer to SET66EX-Z*2
102: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (without
area A) *2
103: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (with area
A) *2
104: Data comparison with SET66EX-Z*2

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*2: SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

Setting Items of Special Mode Selection (S-00)

Selection
items of Description
S-00
1 For details of initialization, refer to "9.3. How to Initialize VF66B (DC Motor Drive)" in Chapter 9.

2 [For special adjustment] Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

3 For details of clearing protections, refer to "How to Clear Protections" described later.

4 [For special adjustment] Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

10 to 15 [No function]

99 [For special adjustment] Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

101 For instructions on how to transfer data to SET66EX-Z, refer to "Transferring parameter data to
external console panel [SET66EX-Z]" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

102 For instructions on how to copy data from SET66EX-Z (area A unavailable), refer to "Copying
parameter data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit (not copying
data in area A)" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

103 For instructions on how to copy data from SET66EX-Z (area A available), refer to "Copying parameter
data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit (also copying data in
area A)" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

104 For instructions on how to compare data with SET66EX-Z, refer to "Data comparison function between
VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and external console panel (SET66EX-Z)" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

110
 Caution [Installation of SET66EX-Z (external console panel)]
● Before installing SET66EX-Z (an external console panel), be sure to take any measures against static electricity.
Otherwise, circuits within VF66B (DC motor drive) may be damaged.

- How to Clear Protections (S-00=3):

The following steps show how to clear protections.
* Steps for clearing protections can be performed even in operation.
(1) Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

(2) Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

(3) Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter
"1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.

(4) "S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

(5) Enter "3" using [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys, and confirm it with the [SET] key.

(6) "CLEAr" is displayed for 1.5 seconds. Data, such as protection history, is erased.

(7) Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). The monitor item like "SPd" is displayed for
approximately one second showing the data of the monitor item.

111
 - Transferring parameter data to external console panel [SET66EX-Z] (S-00=101):
The following steps show how to transfer parameter data to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the
external console panel [SET66EX-Z].

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit External console panel

VF66B [SET66EX-Z]
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel
[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to
enter "1040".

"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "101", and confirm it with the [SET] key.

"VtoS" and "SurE" flash alternately.

Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
*If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no response.

"VtoS" is displayed. Data is transferred from the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the external
console panel [SET66EX-Z].

"End" is displayed when the transfer is successfully completed.

Mode is displayed. After a few seconds the display returns to the monitor item.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.
↓
To resume the transfer, wait until mode is displayed after interruption and the display returns to the monitor
item. Follow the same procedure from the beginning.

112
- Copying parameter data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit
(not copying data in area A)(S-00=102):
The following steps show how to transfer parameter data to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the
external console panel [SET66EX-Z]. However, parameter data in area A is not copied.
* When changing unit models or motor models, apply the steps described below.

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit External console panel

VF66B [SET66EX-Z]
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel
[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to
enter "1040".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040", is
displayed.
"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "102", and confirm it with the [SET] key.

"StoV1" and "SurE" flash alternately.

Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
* If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no
response.

"StoV1" is displayed. Data is transferred from the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the
VF66B (DC motor drive) unit.

"End" is displayed when the transfer is successfully completed.

Power-on operation automatically starts after five seconds.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.⇒ To resume the transfer, follow the same procedure from
the beginning again after mode is displayed.

* If software version numbers stored in the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the external console panel
[SET66EX-Z] are different when confirming with the [SET] key after "StoV1" and "SurE" flashing alternately,
starts flashing. If selecting the [STOP/RESET] key with displayed, copy is
interrupted. If selecting the [SET] key, copy is continued.

113
- Copying parameter data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit
(also copying data in area A) (S-00=103):
The following steps show how to transfer parameter data to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the
external console panel [SET66EX-Z]. Parameter data in area A is also copied.
* If both the unit model and motor model are identical, apply the steps described below.

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit External console panel

VF66B [SET66EX-Z]
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel
[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to
enter "1040".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040", is
displayed.
"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "102", and confirm it with the [SET] key.

"StoV1" and "SurE" flash alternately.

Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
* If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no
response.

"StoV1" is displayed. Data is transferred from the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the
VF66B (DC motor drive) unit.

"End" is displayed when the transfer is successfully completed.

Power-on operation automatically starts after five seconds.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.⇒ To resume the transfer, follow the same procedure from
the beginning again after mode is displayed.

* If software version numbers stored in the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the external console panel
[SET66EX-Z] are different when confirming with the [SET] key after "StoV1" and "SurE" flashing alternately,
starts flashing. If selecting the [STOP/RESET] key with displayed, copy is
interrupted. If selecting the [SET] key, copy is continued.

114
- Data comparison function between VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and external console panel [SET66EX-Z]
(S-00=104):
The following steps show how to compare parameter data between the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and
the external console panel [SET66EX-Z].

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit External console panel

VF66B [SET66EX-Z]
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].

* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel
[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys, and
enter "1040."
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040", is
displayed.

"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "104", and confirm it with the [SET] key.

"ConP" and "SurE" flash alternately.

Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
* If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no
response.

"ConP" is displayed. Data is compared between VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the
external console panel [SET66EX-Z].

"End" is displayed when the data matches on both sides.

After a few seconds, mode is displayed and the monitor item returns on the display.

* If the setting data does not match, flashes.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.⇒To resume the transfer, follow the same
procedure from the beginning again after mode
is displayed.

115
Cumulative Timer Clear Setting
Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
S-01 Cumulative_operation_timer(1)_clear 1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(1) - - -
S-02 Cumulative_operation_timer(2)_clear 1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(2) - - -

Before clearing the cumulative_operation_timer(1)<S-01> or (2)<S-02>, enter the password "1040" into
<S-01> or <S-02> respectively.
Otherwise, "P-Err" (password error) is displayed.

Cumulative operation timer (1) clear (S-01):

When setting cumulative operation timer (1) clear to 1 (S-01=1), the cumulative operation timer (1) count
value can be cleared.

Cumulative operation timer (1) clear (S-02):

When setting cumulative operation timer (2) clear to 1 (S-02=1), the cumulative operation timer (2) count
value can be cleared.

Vdc Adjustment and Analog Gain/Offset Automatic Adjustment

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
S-03 Vdc adjustment Vdc value (V): Vdc detection gain adjustment - - -

Vdc adjustment (S-03):

Connect a direct-current voltage meter or a tester between VF66B (DC motor drive) 2 and  before adjusting
the Vdc detection gain, then turn on the power of the VF66B (DC motor drive) .

Warning [Safety notice]

 High voltage is applied to a direct-current voltage meter or a tester. Experts should measure voltage.
 Close the front cover before turning on the power.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Caution [Safety notice]

 To measure direct-current voltage, use a direct-current voltage meter or a tester which can measure 500 V or
more for the 200 V class VF66B (DC motor drive) and 1000 V or more for the 400 V class.

116
 The following steps show how to adjust the Vdc detection gain (L-00) through Vdc adjustment (S-03).
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing).

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, change the number to "03" with [↑][↓] keys to
specify "S-03", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
*S-03 (Vdc adjustment)

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, and edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter
"1040".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040", is
displayed.

"S-03" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Using [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys, enter the value measured with a direct-current voltage meter or a tester
connected beforehand. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Vdc detection gain (L-00) is automatically changed if "S-03" is displayed again.

Display the monitor item pressing the [MONI/FNC] key.

ROM Rewrite Enabling Switch

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
ROM rewrite is enabled by entering 1040 after
S-04 ROM rewrite switch - - -
power-on.

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
S-05 [No function]*1 - - - -

Analog Gain/Offset Automatic Adjustment

Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
1: Analog input (1) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (1)
S-06 Analog input (1) adjustment - - -
voltage (V):
Analog input (1) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (1) offset adjustment
S-07 Analog output (1) adjustment - - -
2: Analog output (1) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (2) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (2)
S-08 Analog input (2) adjustment - - -
voltage (V):
Analog input (2) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (2) offset adjustment
S-09 Analog output (2) adjustment - - -
2: Analog output (2) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (3) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (3)
S-10 Analog input (3) adjustment - - -
voltage (V):
Analog input (3) gain adjustment

117
 Console
panel Setting Initialized
Contents Setting range (selecting item) Unit
monitor resolution data
display
1: Analog output (3) offset adjustment
S-11 Analog output (3) adjustment - - -
2: Analog output (3) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (4) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (4)
S-12 Analog input (4) adjustment - - -
voltage (V):
Analog input (4) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (4) offset adjustment
S-13 Analog output (4) adjustment - - -
2: Analog output (4) gain adjustment
1: Analog input (5) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (5)
S-14 Analog input (5) adjustment - - -
voltage (V):
Analog input (5) gain adjustment
1: Analog output (5) offset adjustment
S-15 Analog output (5) adjustment - - -
2: Analog output (5) gain adjustment

For instructions on analog input (1) adjustment (S-06) to analog input (2) adjustment (S-09), refer to the following pages.

118
Analog input (1) adjustment (S-06):
The following steps show how to adjust analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) through
analog input (1) adjustment (S-06).
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

With [↑][↓] keys, select "b-00" ("b" starts flashing).

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, change the number to "17" with [↑][↓]
keys to specify "b-17", and confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter "0".

Control print board [VFC66-Z] Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit between
terminal block [TB1] (AIN1) and (GND) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board
[VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

AOT1
GND Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]
AIN1
● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.
+10 Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is
lit). Select "S-06" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering
any value other than "1040", is displayed.

"S-06" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Enter "1" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, and confirm it with the [SET] key.
Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed
between (AIN1) and (GND) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board
Control print board
[VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3). Next, cause short circuit between (AIN1) and
[VFC66-Z]
(+10) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the
terminal block [TB1]
Phillips screwdriver (M3).
AOT1
GND Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]
AIN1 ● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.
+10 Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

- After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit),
and then select "S-06" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.
- "S-06" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Measure the voltage between [AIN1] and [GND] terminals with a tester or other meters. Enter a value
1000 times the measured value. If the voltage cannot be measured, enter "9930" even though the
precision decreases.

Caution [Measuring voltage between terminals]

● Sufficient care must be taken not to touch electrical wires and terminals when measuring the voltage
between terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

When "S-06" is displayed again, analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) are
automatically changed.
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.

After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between (AIN1)
and (+10) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

119
- How to adjust analog input (1) gain (L-01) (for 4 to 20 mA input characteristics)
* Follow the procedure after performing analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) 0 to 10 V
adjustment.
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

With [↑][↓] keys, select "b-00" ("b" starts flashing).

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, change the number to "17" with [↑][↓] keys to
specify "b-17", and confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter "2".

Control print board

[VFC66-Z] Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and connect the current power supply
terminal block [TB1] between (AIN1) and (GND) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board
[VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).
AOT1
GND With VF66B (DC motor drive) turned off, set the SW1 switch to ON (terminal block side) using
AIN1 the tips of tweezers or a jig with the very narrow tip (approximately 0.8 mm).

+10

52MA

86Aa
TB1

52MA

86A
86Ab
MO1
RY1
CN4
Warning [Installing current power supply]
RY2
P

COM
MO2
3 1 ● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before installing the current power supply.
AOT1 SW2

Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

GND LED1
AIN1 SW1
+10 ON

● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before switching.

ST-F
PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS

MI3
MI2 VFC66-Z CN3
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
MI4 CN5
GND CN6
MI5
GND CN7 CN4

SW1

- After power-on, select "Vin" using [↑][↓] keys.

- Turn on the current power supply to cause 20mA of current to be input to the [AIN1] terminal.
- A number is displayed.

- Adjust the value of "L-01" to set the value of monitor item "Vin" to "10.00".
* The display of monitor item "Vin" can be changed to other items through changing the analog
input monitor display selection (G-16). For details, refer to "4.8. Area G in Chapter 4."

After adjustment, remove the current power supply installed using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

120
Analog output (1) adjustment (S-07):
The following steps show how to adjust analog output (1) gain (L-03) and analog output (1) offset (L-04)
through analog output (1) adjustment (S-07).
* Be sure to follow the procedure after analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) adjustment.

- How to adjust analog output (1) offset (L-06)

Control print board With VF66B (DC motor drive) turned off, open the front cover, and cause short circuit between (AOT1)
[VFC66-Z] and (AIN1) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips
terminal block [TB1] screwdriver (M3).

AOT1
GND Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]
AIN1 ● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.
+10 Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is
lit).

- After pressing the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit),
select "b-17" with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-17" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "b-21". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-21" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-07". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.
- "S-07" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "S-07" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "b-21". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "6", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-21" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-07." Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.
- "S-07" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "2", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- When "S-07" is displayed again, analog output (1) gain (L-03) and analog output (1) offset (L-04) are
automatically changed.
- Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.

After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between (AOT1)
and (AIN1) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

121
- How to adjust analog input (2) to (5) gain and offset
The following steps show how to change analog input (2) to (5) gain and analog input (2) to (5) offset. The
procedure for changing is described only for analog input (2) gain (L-05) and analog input (2) offset (L-06).
For analog input (3) to (5) gain and analog input (3) to (5) offset, configure setting items in "6.8. Area G" in
Chapter 6 and "7.8. Area G" in Chapter 7 and "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7 to
match analog input (3) to (5) gain and analog input (3) to (5) offset, then follow the same procedure.
* For analog input (2) to (5), an optional board is required. This setting is not required if the optional board is not used.
Be sure to do this after analog input (1) offset and gain adjustment.
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

With [↑][↓] keys, select "G-03". Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter "0".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit between (AIN2), (G),
Optional board and (G-IN) terminals on the optional board using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

G
･ ･

Warning
･ ･
[Short circuiting on terminals]
･
･
･
･
･
● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.
･
AIN2
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
G-IN

After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is
lit). Select "S-08" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.

"S-08" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Enter "1" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, and confirm it with the [SET] key.

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit
Control print board between the (AIN2) terminal on the optional board and the (+10) terminal of
[VFC66-Z] Optional board terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips
terminal block [TB1] screwdriver (M3). Leave (G) and (G-IN) terminals on the optional board short
G circuited.
AOT1 ･ ･

Warning
･ ･
･
GND
[Short circuiting on terminals]
･
･
･
AIN1
･
･
AIN2 ● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the
+10 terminals.
G-IN
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

- After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is
lit). With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-08". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.
- "S-08" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Measure the voltage between (AIN2) and (G) terminals with a tester or other meters. Enter a value
1000 times the measured value. If the voltage cannot be measured, enter "9930" even though the
precision decreases.

Caution [Measuring voltage between terminals]

● Sufficient care must be taken not to touch electrical wires and terminals when measuring the voltage
between terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

When "S-08" is displayed again, analog input (2) gain (L-05) and analog input (2) offset (L-06) are
automatically changed. Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.

After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between the
(AIN2) terminal of the optional board and the (+10) terminal of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board
[VFC66-Z], and between (G) and (G-IN) on the optional board using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

122
- How to adjust analog output (1) gain (negative side) (L-05)
The following steps show how to change analog output (2) to (5) gain and analog output (2) to (5) offset.
The procedure for changing is described only for analog output (2) gain (L-09) and analog output (2) offset
(L-10). For analog output (3) to (5) gain and analog output (3) to (5) offset, configure setting items in "6.8.
Area G" in Chapter 6 and "7.8. Area G" in Chapter 7 and "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in
Chapter 7 to match analog output (3) to (5) gain and analog output (3) to (5) offset, then follow the same
procedure.
* For analog output (2) to (5), an optional board is required. This setting is not required if the optional board is not used.
Be sure to do this after analog input (1) offset and gain adjustment.
Control print board Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit
[VFC66-Z] Optional board
between the (AOT2) terminal on the optional board and the (AIN1) terminal of
terminal block [TB1] the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the
G Phillips screwdriver (M3). Cause short circuit between (G) and (G-0T)
AOT1 ･ terminals on the optional board [IO66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).
* Even when setting analog output (3) to (5), use the (AIN1) terminal of
･
GND
･
AOT2 terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] for analog input.
AIN1 ･

Warning
･
･
+10
G-IN [Short circuiting on terminals]
● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the
terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is
lit).

- After pressing the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit),
select "b-17" with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-17" is displayed again.

- Select "G-09"*1 with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "G-09" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-09". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.
- "S-09" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "S-09" is displayed again.

*1
- Select "G-09" with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
* For analog output 3 to 5, edit this item accordingly.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "6", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "G-09" is displayed again.

- Select "G-09"*2 with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040", is displayed.
- "S-09" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "2", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- When "S-09" is displayed again, analog output (2) gain (L-09) and analog output (2) offset (L-10)
are automatically changed.
- Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.

After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between the
(AOT2) terminal of the optional board and the (AIN1) terminal of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board
[VFC66-Z], and between (G) and (G-OT) on the optional board using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

123
 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting
8.1. Protection Messages and Actions

8.1.1. List of Protection Messages

The following table indicates the list of protection operations.
<Common to all models>

Protection What are

No Description of protection operation
message protected

Communication It starts when the communication time error occurs between the printed control
1
time error board [VFC66-Z] and the console panel [SET66-Z].

Memory It starts when the setting data stored in the built-in memory could not be obtained
2
abnormality correctly.

3 External failure 1 It starts when the multifunction input external failure 1 has been input.

4 External failure 2 It starts when the multifunction input external failure 2 has been input.

5 External failure 3 It starts when the multifunction input external failure 3 has been input.

6 External failure 4 It starts when the multifunction input external failure 4 has been input.

Emergency stop A It starts when the multifunction input specified for the emergency stop A has been
7
input contact “ON” enabled.
Emergency stop B
It starts when the multifunction input specified for the emergency stop B has been
8 input contact
disabled
“OFF”
It starts when the cooling fan of VF66B (DC motor drive) failed. (The operation is
9 Failed fan
not stopped for protection.)

10 Field loss It starts when the field loss signal was input.

11 Field overcurrent It starts when the field overcurrent signal was input.

IGBT protection
12 It starts when IGBT has overcurrent or gate power supply has decreased.
operation
It starts when the Motor_overheat_protection_operation_selection is set to "ON"
Motor overheat
13 and motor temperature is over Motor_protect_temperature < G-17 > while the
protection
temperature detection option is used.
Overcurrent It starts when an instantaneous value of output current becomes more than or
14
protection equal to a value of 3.58 times of the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive).

Inverter overheat It starts when the temperature of IGBT becomes more than or equal to a specified
15
protection value.

Overload It starts when an effective value of output current exceeds 150% of the rated
16
protection motor armature current value for over 60 seconds.

It starts when the connected optional board had a malfunction while the use of
17 Option error
optional board is enabled.

124
 Protection What are
No Description of protection operation
message protected

Overspeed It starts when the motor speed exceeds the forward overspeed protection setting
18
protection (F-01) or the reverse overspeed protection setting (F-02).
VF66B (DC motor
drive) input (200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
19
direct-current (400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.
overvoltage
VF66B (DC motor
It starts when the armature voltage command of VF66B (DC motor drive) exceeds
drive) output
20 the forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11) or the reverse direction
direct-current
output maximum voltage (E-12) for the duration of 500 ms continuously.
overvoltage
It starts when the armature voltage command exceeds the sum of the voltage
corresponding to the speed detected from PG which is attached to the motor and
21 PG error
the limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13) for the duration of
100 ms continuously.
It starts when the CPU performs an abnormal operation due to instantaneous
CPU abnormality
22 reduction of control power supply 5 V or other reasons. in the last digit shows a
handling
number to distinguish errors.
Charging
resistance It starts when the charging resistance overheats with a model 7r522, 7r544, or
23
overheat lower.
protection
It starts when the operation started in a state where the setting of motor's ratings
or motor's constant had some abnormality. in the last two digits show a
24 Setting error number to distinguish the setting abnormality factors.
*For more details, refer to "8.1.3 What Are Displayed in Case of Setting Error
( )" in Chapter 8.
It starts when the deviation of motor speed and the command value (speed
Speed control
25 control input) exceeds the set value (console setting) while the speed control
error
error detection is enabled.
It starts when the unit cannot operate in ten seconds after an operation command
26 Startup stall
or JOG command is input.
Communication
It starts when a communication error (timeout) occurs between the option and the
27 timeout error
master while the network communication option is used.

Insufficient
It starts when the input direct-current voltage become less than or equal to the
28 voltage (power
rated motor armature voltage (A-03) during operation.
failure)

For models 3022, 3044 and higher, and the unit parallel models 15022, 18022, 40044 through 100044, the
protection displays listed below are also available in addition to the list above.

125
For models 3022 through 9022 and 3044 through 31544 consisting of a single unit, the displays are the same
as the master unit, which are indicated on the following list.
<Models 3022, 3044 and higher only>

Protection What are

No Description of protection operation
message protected
It starts when the protection indicated in No.30 or later is activated and the
protection operation relay is activated.
Gate board
29 *However, in case of (Failed fan (master unit)), (Failed fan
abnormality
(slave unit 1)), (Failed fan (slave unit 2)), and (Failed fan
(slave unit 3)), the protection operation does not start.
Gate board
communication It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate board in
30
abnormality the master unit.
(master unit)
Gate power
supply
31 It starts when the power supply of the gate in the master unit has an abnormality.
abnormality
(master unit)
IGBT (P side)
protection
32 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the master unit.
operation
(master unit)
IGBT (N side)
protection
33 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the master unit.
operation
(master unit)
Unit overheat
It starts when the temperature of cooling heat sink of the P side IGBT in the
34 (P side)
master unit becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(master unit)
Unit overheat
It starts when the temperature of cooling heat sink of the N side IGBT in the
35 (N side)
master unit becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(master unit)
(This function is applied to models 7522, 7544 and higher, and the unit parallel
Blown fuse models)
36
(master unit) It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the master unit is
blown.
It starts when current over 290 % of the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
37 FCL operation
is applied for two or more seconds in all units.

Power supply With parallel models, it starts when the power supply of the parallel control board
38
abnormality has an abnormality.
(This function is applied to models 7522, 7544 and higher, and the unit parallel
Failed fan models)
39
(master unit) It starts when the cooling fan in the master unit has an abnormality. (The
operation is not stopped for protection.)
MC response (This function is applied to models 7522, 7544 and higher, and the unit parallel
40 abnormality models)
(master unit) It starts when the MC in the master unit does not turn on.
Converter
It starts when cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the master unit
41 overheat
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(master unit)
Gate board
communication It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate printed
42
abnormality board in the slave unit 1.
(slave unit 1)

126
 Protection What are
No Description of protection operation
message protected
Gate power
supply
43 It starts when the gate power supply in the slave unit 1 has an abnormality.
abnormality
(slave unit 1)
IGBT (P side)
protection
44 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the slave unit 1.
operation
(slave unit 1)
IGBT (N side)
protection
45 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the slave unit 1.
operation
(slave unit 1)
VF66B (DC motor
drive) input It starts when a direct-current part overvoltage occurs in the slave unit 1.
46 direct-current (200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
overvoltage (400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.
(slave unit 1)
Unit overheat
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the P side IGBT in the slave
47 (P side)
unit 1 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 1)
Unit overheat
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the N side IGBT in the slave
48 (N side)
unit 1 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 1)
Blown fuse It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the slave unit 1 is
49
(slave unit 1) blown.

Failed fan It starts when the main cooling fan in the slave unit 1 has an abnormality. (The
50
(slave unit 1) operation is not stopped for protection.)
Control power
supply It starts when voltage of the control power supply in the slave unit 1 has an
51
abnormality abnormality.
(slave unit 1)
MC response
52 abnormality It starts when the MC in the slave unit 1 does not turn on.
(slave unit 1)
Converter
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the slave unit 1
53 overheat
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 1)
Gate board
communication It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate board in
54
abnormality the slave unit 2.
(slave unit 2)
Gate power
supply
55 It starts when the power supply of the gate in the slave unit 2 has an abnormality.
abnormality
(slave unit 2)
IGBT (P side)
protection
56 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the slave unit 2.
operation
(slave unit 2)
IGBT (N side)
protection
57 operation It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the slave unit 2.
(slave unit 2)

127
 Protection What are
No Description of protection operation
message protected
VF66B (DC motor
drive) input It starts when a direct-current part overvoltage occurs in the slave unit 2.
58 direct-current (200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
overvoltage (400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.
(slave unit 2)
Unit overheat
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the P side IGBT in the slave
59 (P side)
unit 2 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 2)
Unit overheat
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the N side IGBT in the slave
60 (N side)
unit 2 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 2)
Blown fuse It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the slave unit 2 is
61
(slave unit 2) blown.

Failed fan It starts when the main cooling fan in the slave unit 2 has an abnormality. (The
62
(slave unit 2) operation is not stopped for protection.)
Control power
supply
63 It starts when voltage of the control power supply in the slave unit 2 drops.
abnormality
(slave unit 2)
MC response
64 abnormality It starts when the MC in the slave unit 2 does not turn on.
(slave unit 2)
Converter
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the slave unit 2
65 overheat
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 2)
Gate board
communication It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate board in
66
abnormality the slave unit 3.
(slave unit 3)
Gate power
supply
67 It starts when the power supply of the gate in the slave unit 3 has an abnormality.
abnormality
(slave unit 3)
IGBT (P side)
protection
68 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the slave unit 3.
operation
(slave unit 3)
IGBT (N side)
protection
69 It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the slave unit 3.
operation
(slave unit 3)
VF66B (DC motor
drive) input It starts when a direct-current part overvoltage occurs in the slave unit 3.
70 direct-current (200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
overvoltage (400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.
(slave unit 3)
Unit overheat
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the P side IGBT in the slave
71 (P side)
unit 3 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 3)
Unit overheat
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the N side IGBT in the slave
72 (N side)
unit 3 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 3)
Blown fuse It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the slave unit 3 is
73
(slave unit 3) blown.

128
 Protection What are
No Description of protection operation
message protected

Failed fan It starts when the main cooling fan in the slave unit 3 has an abnormality. (The
74
(slave unit 3) operation is not stopped for protection.)
Control power
supply
75 It starts when voltage of the control power supply in the slave unit 3 drops.
abnormality
(slave unit 3)
MC response
76 abnormality It starts when the MC in the slave unit 3 does not turn on.
(slave unit 3)
Converter
It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the slave unit 3
77 overheat
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.
(slave unit 3)
VFDB1
It starts when the VFDB1 (dynamic braking unit 1) is in the protection state or has
(dynamic braking
78 a communication abnormality. *1
unit 1)
(The operation is not stopped for protection.)
abnormality
VFDB2
It starts when the VFDB2 (dynamic braking unit 2) is in the protection state or has
(dynamic braking
79 a communication abnormality. *1
unit 2)
(The operation is not stopped for protection.)
abnormality
VFDB3
It starts when the VFDB3 (dynamic braking unit 3) is in the protection state or has
(dynamic braking
80 a communication abnormality. *1
unit 3)
(The operation is not stopped for protection.)
abnormality
VFDB4
It starts when the VFDB4 (dynamic braking unit 4) is in the protection state or has
(dynamic braking
81 a communication abnormality. *1
unit 4)
(The operation is not stopped for protection.)
abnormality
VFDB5
It starts when the VFDB5 (dynamic braking unit 5) is in the protection state or has
(dynamic braking
82 a communication abnormality. *1
unit 5)
(The operation is not stopped for protection.)
abnormality
VFDB6
It starts when the VFDB6 (dynamic braking unit 6) is in the protection state or has
(dynamic braking
83 a communication abnormality.*1
unit 6)
(The operation is not stopped for protection.)
abnormality

*1: You can set whether the operation should be stopped for protection or not. For the details, refer to "6.11 Area J" in
Chapter 6 and "7.11 Area J" in Chapter 7.

129
8.1.2. Protection Messages and Actions
When VF66B (DC motor drive) starts a protection operation due to an abnormality during operation, you should
check the LED display on the console panel [SET66-Z] and take appropriate actions.
<Common to all models>

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The connectors of the console Check the connector insertion
panel [SET66-Z] are not inserted status
properly
2. The printed control board After rewriting of the program
[VFC66-Z] is in the program is complete, it is automatically
rewrite mode. restored.

It starts when the 3. The printed control board Replace the printed control Chapter 9 Replace the
communication time error [VFC66-Z] malfunctions board [VFC66-Z]. Printed Control Board
[Contents]

occurs between the [VFC66-Z]

printed control board
[VFC66-Z] and the console
panel [SET66-Z].

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. Data was written incorrectly to Take measures against
the EEPROM (built-in noise for a wiring from the
memory) due to too much printed control board
noise. [VFC66-Z].
2. An uninitialized printed control Initialize the printed control Chapter 9 Replace
board [VFC66-Z] was board [VFC66-Z]. the Printed Control
implemented. Board [VFC66-Z]
3. Faulty EEPROM (built-in Replace the printed control Chapter 9 Replace
It starts when the setting memory) parts board [VFC66-Z]. the Printed Control
[Contents]

data stored in the built-in Board [VFC66-Z]

memory could not be
obtained correctly. *Once occurs, it cannot be restored unless the printed control board
[VFC66-Z] is initialized.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The external failure signal was Check the input condition of
to input. the external failure signal.

2. Multifunction input settings are Check multifunction input Chapter 6, 6.4

It starts when the not correct. settings (c-00 through Area c
[Contents]

multifunction input c-17). Chapter 7, 7.4

external failure 1 to Area c
failure 4 have been
input.

130
 Where to check and how to take
Console LED display Cause Reference
actions
(This is not a display for
protection.)
[Contents]

This is displayed only

when the emergency stop
A input contact is ON.

Where to check and how to take

Console LED display Cause Reference
actions
(This is not a display for
protection.)
[Contents]

This is displayed only

when the emergency stop
B input contact is ON.

Where to check and how to take

Console LED display Cause Reference
actions
1. It starts when the cooling fan of Check the cooling fan of
VF66B (DC motor drive) failed. VF66B (DC motor drive).

It starts when the cooling

[Contents]

fan of VF66B (DC motor

drive) failed.
(The operation is not
stopped for protection.)

Where to check and how to take

Console LED display Cause Reference
actions
1. The external failure signal was Check the input condition of
input. the external failure signal.

2. Multifunction input settings are Check multifunction input Chapter 6, 6.4 Area c
It starts when the field not correct. settings (c-00 through c-17). Chapter 7, 7.4 Area c
loss signal or field
[Contents]

overcurrent signal of the

multifunction input was
input.
3. Field amplifier has detected the Check the operation of the
field loss or field overcurrent. field amplifier.

131
 Where to check and how to take
Console LED display Cause Reference
actions
1. Ambient temperature becomes ･ Check the installation
high. environment.
･ Check whether
temperature inside the
control panel rises or not.

2. The cooling space of the unit is Keep enough cooling space.

not enough.

3. The installation direction of the Install the unit in the correct

unit is not correct. direction.

4. The output electrical wire was Check the output wiring. Chapter 2, 2.1 How to
grounded or short circuited. Connect VF66B
(DC motor drive)
5. DCL is not connected. Connect DCL. Chapter 2, 2.1 How to
Connect VF66B
(DC motor drive)

6. IGBT (IPM) is damaged. Check whether IGBT (IPM)

The protection operation works properly or not
of the IPM module in the (continuity check).
unit occurs.
・Overcurrent was
7. The cooling fan fails. Replace the cooling fan.
applied to the IGBT
[Contents]

element.
・The gate power 8. The wind of the cooling fan blows Install the cooling fan so that
supply voltage of in the reverse direction. the wind blows in the correct
IGBT has dropped. direction.
・Fins for IPM module 9. The main circuit printed board Replace the main circuit
and the input [GAC66-Z or MAC66-Z] printed board [GAC66-Z or
rectification diode malfunctions MAC66-Z].
module overheat.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The cooling fan of the motor Replace the cooling fan of
fails. the motor.

2. Ambient temperature of the Check the installation

motor is high. environment of the motor.

3. The motor temperature ・Check the motor

detection wiring is temperature detection
It starts when the disconnected, or noise is wiring.
Motor_overheat_protecti penetrating. ・Take measures against
on_operation_selection noise.
[Contents]

is set to "ON" and motor

temperature is over 4. The adjustment of the Readjust the temperature Chapter 6, 6.8
Motor_protect_temperat temperature detection offset detection offset Area G
ure < G-17 > while the adjustment (G-01) and the adjustment (G-01) and the Chapter 7, 7.8
temperature detection temperature detection gain temperature detection Area G
option is used. adjustment (G-02) are not gain adjustment (G-02).
correct.

132
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The output electrical wire was Check the output wiring. Chapter 2, 2.1 How
grounded or short circuited. to Connect VF66B
(DC motor drive)

2. The acceleration/deceleration Make the Chapter 3, 3.3.2 How

time is too short. acceleration/deceleratio to Change the
n time longer. Acceleration/Deceler
ation Time
3. Load capacity is abnormally ･ Reduce load.
large. ･ Check and review the
capacity of VF66B (DC
motor drive) and the
motor.
4. The combination of VF66B (DC Use a correct combination
motor drive) and the motor is of VF66B (DC motor
It starts immediately incorrect. drive) and the motor.
when the output current 5. The setting of the current Adjust the current control Chapter 6, 6.6
[Contents]

of VF66B (DC motor control gain is not correct. proportion gain (E-07) and Area E
drive) exceeds the current control integral Chapter 7, 7.6
approximately 3.58 gain (E-08). Area E
times of the rated current 6. The unit could not be Stop applying the rated
of VF66B (DC motor accelerated when the motor voltage to the motor
drive). was started by applying the directly (direct connect
rated voltage directly (direct starting) and change to
connect starting). the normal starting.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The cooling fan of VF66B (DC Replace the cooling fan of
motor drive) failed or had a VF66B (DC motor drive).
malfunction.
2. Ambient temperature is high. Check the installation
The cooling space of the unit is environment, and check
not enough. that the cooling space is
enough.

3. The installation direction of the Install the unit in the

It starts when the unit is not correct. correct direction.
[Contents]

temperature of IGBT
becomes more than or
equal to a specified
value.

133
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. Capacity of VF66B (DC motor ･ Reduce load.
drive) and the motor is too ･ Check and review the
small. capacity of VF66B (DC
motor drive) and the
motor.

2. A value of the overload Check and review the Chapter 6, 6.7

protection setting (F-03) for setting value of the Area F
It starts when current the overload protection is not overload protection Chapter 7, 7.7
[Contents]

equivalent to 150% of correct. setting (F-03). Area F

the rated motor armature
current is applied to
VF66B (CD motor drive) 3. Load capacity is abnormally Use the overload Chapter 6, 6.9
output for a minute. large. protection pre-alarm Area H
operation level setting Chapter 7, 7.9
(H-11). Area H

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The digital communication Set the digital Chapter 6, 6.11
option selection (J-00) is set to communication option Area J
"ON" without the usage selection (J-00) to Chapter 7, 7.11
communication optional "OFF." Area J
printed board connected.

2. Communication optional Replace the Optional Instruction

printed board malfunctions. communication optional Manual
printed board.

3. Communication optional Check the connection with Optional Instruction

It starts when the printed board is not the communication Manual
[Contents]

communicationoptional connected properly. optional printed board and

printed board has a the connector insertion
malfunction or a loose status.
connection.

134
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. External speed setting device Check the operation of the
malfunctions. external speed setting
device.
2. The settings from the speed Readjust the setting from Chapter 6, 6.1
control proportion gain the speed control Basic Setting Area
(1)(7.ASrP) to the system proportion gain Chapter 7, 7.1
inertia moment (1)(9.ASrJ) are (1)(7.ASrP) to the system Basic Setting Area
not correct and therefore inertia moment
overshoot occurs. (1)(9.ASrJ).
3. The load is smaller than the Review the armature Chapter 6, 6.10
armature current command current command value. Area i
value while the armature *The setting method of Chapter 7, 7.10
current control mode is armature current Area i
selected. command value is
It starts when the speed different depending on
[Contents]

exceeds the forward the armature current

overspeed protection command input place
setting (F-01) or the (i-08).
reverse overspeed
protection setting (F-02). 4. The setting values of the Review the setting values Chapter 6, 6.7 Area
forward overspeed protection of the forward overspeed F
setting (F-01) and the reverse protection setting (F-01) Chapter 7, 7.7 Area F
overspeed protection setting and the reverse
(F-02) are not correct. overspeed protection
setting (F-02).

135
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The output electrical wire was Check the output wiring. Chapter 2, 2.1 How
grounded or short circuited. to Connect VF66B
(DC motor drive)
2. The deceleration time is too Make the deceleration Chapter 3, 3.3.2
short. time longer. How to Change the
Acceleration/Deceler
ation Time

Use the regeneration Chapter 6, 6.6

stall prevention Area E
function usage Chapter 7, 7.6
selection (E-00). Area E

Connect the dynamic Optional Instruction

braking (DB) optional Manual
unit [VFDB2009].

3. The setting of the built-in DB Adjust the setting of the Chapter 6, 6.7
(dynamic braking) operation built-in DB (dynamic Area F
level (F-00) is not correct. braking) operation level Chapter 7, 7.7
(F-00). Area F

It starts when the 4. The dynamic braking (DB) Replace the dynamic Optional Instruction
overvoltage of the input optional unit [VFDB2009] is braking (DB) optional unit Manual
direct-current voltage of not operating. [VFDB2009].
the unit is protected.
[Contents]

・Protection starts when 5. The inertia of the load is large. Use the sine wave Optional Instruction
the direct-current converter or the dynamic Manual
voltage is (200 V braking (DB) optional unit
class) approximately [VFDB2009].
400 V (400 V class) 6. Input power supply voltage Check input power
approximately 800 V abnormally rises. supply voltage.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The setting values of the Review the setting values Chapter 6, 6.6
forward direction maximum of the forward direction Area E
voltage (E-11) and the reverse maximum voltage (E-11) Chapter 7, 7.6
direction maximum voltage and the reverse direction Area E
(E-12) are not correct. maximum voltage (E-12).

It starts when the

armature voltage
command of VF66B (DC
motor drive) exceeds the
[Contents]

forward direction
maximum voltage (E-11)
or the reverse direction
maximum voltage (E-12)
for the duration of 500
ms continuously.

136
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. Wiring between PG and VF66B Check the wiring.
(DC motor drive) is not
provided.

2. The setting of the number of Check the number of Chapter 6, 6.2

It starts when the PG-pulse (A-08) is incorrect. PG-pulse. Area A
armature voltage Chapter 7, 7.2
command exceeds the Area A
sum of the voltage 3. The polarity of the field current Check the polarity of the
corresponding to the is incorrect. field current.
[Contents]

speed detected from PG

which is attached to the
motor and the limit width
of the voltage 4. The phase order of PG is Check the phase order of
corresponding to the incorrect. PG.
speed (E-13) for the
duration of 100 ms
continuously.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. It starts due to instantaneous Check the connection of
reduction of the control power [CN1] of the printed [CN1]
supply 5 V, etc. control board [VFC66-Z].
TB1
52MA CN4
52MA
86Aa
86A RY1

When the optional board

86Ab
MO1
RY2
P
MO2
COM 3

is connected, check the

1
AOT1 SW2
GND LED1
AIN1 SW1
+10 ON
ST-F

connection of [CN4] and

PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS
CN3
MI2 VFC66-Z
MI3

[CN7] of the printed

MI4 CN5
GND CN6
MI5
GND CN7 CN4

control board [VFC66-Z].

[CN4][CN7]
2. The printed control board Replace the printed Chapter 9 Replace
It starts when the CPU [VFC66-Z] and the main circuit boards. the Printed Control
performs an abnormal printed board [GAC66-Z or Board [VFC66-Z]
[Contents]

operation. MAC66-Z] malfunction.

* in the last digit
* When this problem is not solved after both actions are taken, you should
shows a number to
contact us.
distinguish errors.

137
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. You have operated the unit for Turn off the power of
0.5 second or longer while the VF66B (DC motor drive)
temperature of charging and turn it on again after a
resistance was high. while.

2. Ambient temperature is high. Check the installation

It starts when the The cooling space of the unit is environment, and check
[Contents]

charging resistance not enough. that the cooling space is

overheats with a model enough.
7r522, 7r544, or lower.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The setting values of the Adjust the setting values Chapter 6, 6.7
speed control error detection of the speed control error Area F
speed width (positive) (F-31) detection speed width Chapter 7, 7.7
and the speed control error (positive) (F-31) and the Area F
detection speed width speed control error
(negative) (F-32) are not detection speed width
correct. (negative) (F-32).
2. The armature current limit was Reduce the load.
activated because the load
was large.
3. The armature current limit was Make the acceleration and Chapter 3, 3.3.2
activated because the deceleration time How to Change the
acceleration and deceleration longer. Acceleration/Deceler
time was too short. ation Time
4. External speed setting device Check the operation of the
malfunctions. external speed setting
It starts when the device.
[Contents]

deviation of the speed

command value and the
5. The connection between the Check the hard wiring Chapter 2, 2.1
speed falls out of the
output terminal of VF66B (DC between VF66B (DC How to Connect
speed control error
motor drive) and the motor is motor drive) and the VF66B (DC motor
detection speed width.
incorrect. motor. drive)

6. The polarity of the field current Check the polarity of the

is incorrect. field current.
7. The phase order of PG is Check the phase order of
incorrect. PG.

138
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The operation or JOG Turn on the instantaneous Chapter 6, 6.3
command was input for ten power interruption restart Area b
seconds or longer after the selection (b-07). Chapter 7, 7.3
insufficient voltage (power Area b
failure) was detected.
2. The operation or JOG Turn off the operation or
It starts when the command was input for ten JOG signals when the
[Contents]

operation is not possible seconds or longer while the emergency stop signal is
in ten seconds after the emergency stop signal was input.
operation or JOG input.
command was input.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The communication master Check the operation of the
malfunctions. communication master.

2. The cable between the Check the connector Optional Instruction

It starts when the communication optional insertion status or replace Manual
[Contents]

communication time out printed board and the the connection cable.
error occurs between the communication master is
communication optional disconnected, or the connector
printed board and the is not inserted properly.
communication master.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. Input power fails Turn on the instantaneous Chapter 6, 6.3
(instantaneous power failure) power interruption restart Area b
during operation. selection (b-07). Chapter 7, 7.3
Area b

2. Open phase occurred in the Check the input power

It starts when the input input power supply. supply.
[Contents]

direct-current voltage of
the unit drops to the
rated motor armature
voltage (A-03) or lower
during operation.

139
<Models 3022, 3044 and higher, and the unit parallel models>
For models 3022 through 9022 and 3044 through 31544 consisting of a single unit, the displays are the same
as the master unit, which is indicated in the following list.
Parallel models are 15022, 18022, and 40044 through 100044.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The protection indicated in Clear the protection Chapter 8, 8.1.1
No.30 or later is activated. operation indicated in List of Protection
No.30 or later. Messages

It starts when the

protection indicated in
No.30 or later is activated
and the protection
operation relay is
activated.
*However,
[Contents]

in case of
(Failed fan (master unit)),
(Failed fan
(slave unit 1)),
(Failed fan (slave unit 2)),
and (Failed fan
(slave unit 3)),
it does not start.

140
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The gate printed board Replace the gate printed
[GAC66-Z] malfunctions. board [GAC66-Z].
2. The cable between the master Check that the connector is
unit gate printed board inserted correctly.
[GAC66-Z] and slave unit gate Replace the connection
printed board [GAC66-Z], or cable.
the cable between slave unit
gate printed boards [GAC66-Z]
are disconnected, or the
connector is not inserted
properly.

It starts when an
abnormality occurs in a
communication between
the printed control board
[VFC66-Z] and the master
[Contents]

unit, and the slave unit

gate printed board
[GAC66-Z].
* A character in the
second digit from the
right distinguishes a
master unit (n) from
slave units (1, 2, and 3).

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The gate power supply of the Replace the gate printed
gate printed board [GAC66-Z] board [GAC66-Z] of the
was decreased. displayed unit.

<This function is applied

to models 7522, 7544 and
higher, and the unit
parallel models>
It starts when the gate
[Contents]

power supply has an

abnormality.
* A character in the
second digit from the
right distinguishes a
master unit (n) from
slave units (1, 2, and 3).

141
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The output electrical wire was Check the output wiring. Chapter 2, 2.1 How
short circuited or grounded. to Connect VF66B
(DC motor drive)
<P side> <N side>
2. IGBT (IPM) may be damaged. Check whether IGBT
(IPM) of the unit works
properly or not (continuity
check).
3. The acceleration and Make the acceleration and
deceleration time is too short. deceleration time longer.
4. Load capacity is abnormally Reduce the load. Review
large. Motor was direct the capacity of VF66B
connect started. (DC motor drive) and the
motor.
5. The gate printed board Replace the gate printed
It starts when overcurrent [GAC66-Z] malfunctions. board [GAC66-Z] of the
is applied to P and N side unit.
IGBT of the unit.
* A character in the
[Contents]

second digit from the

right distinguishes a
master unit (n) from
slave units (1, 2, and 3).
* The rightmost digit
indicates whether it is P
side (1) or N side (3).

142
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The main cooling fan of the unit Replace the main cooling
stops, or its air volume is fan.
decreased due to failure or
<P side> <N side> malfunction.

2. The wind of the main cooling Install the main cooling fan
fan of the unit blows in the so that the wind blows in
reverse direction. the correct direction.

3. Ambient temperature is high. Check temperature in the

installation environment
(such as temperature
inside the control panel)
and ventilate.
4. The cooling space of the unit is Keep enough cooling
<This function is applied not enough. space around the unit.
to models 7522, 7544 and
higher, and the unit
parallel models> 5. The installation direction of the Install the unit in the
It starts when the unit is not correct. correct direction.
temperature of the cooling
heat sink of IGBT in the
6. The cooling fin temperature Measure resistance of the
unit becomes more than
[Contents]

sensor malfunctions. cooling fin temperature

or equal to a specified
sensor.
value.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units
(1, 2, and 3).
* The rightmost digit
indicates whether it is P
side (1) or N side (3).

143
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. Power supply was connected Check input and output Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to the output of VF66B (DC wires. After correcting to Connect VF66B
motor drive). them, replace the fuse. (DC motor drive)
2. IGBT (IPM) may be damaged. Check whether IGBT
(IPM) works properly or
not (continuity check) and
then replace the fuse.

3. The output electrical wire was Check input and output

<This function is applied grounded or short circuited. wires. After correcting
to models 7522, 7544 and them, replace the
higher, and the unit damaged parts and the
parallel models> fuse.
It starts when the fuse of 4. The dynamic braking (DB) Replace the dynamic
[Contents]

the main circuit optional unit [VFDB2009] is braking (DB) optional unit
direct-current part in the damaged. [VFDB2009].
unit is blown.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units
(1, 2, and 3).

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The output electrical wire was Check the output wiring. Chapter 2, 2.1 How
grounded or short circuited. to Connect VF66B
(DC motor drive)
2. The acceleration and Make the acceleration and Chapter 3, 3.3.2 How
deceleration time is too short. deceleration time longer. to Change the
Acceleration/Deceler
ation Time
3. Load capacity is abnormally ･ Reduce load.
large. ･ Check and review the
capacity of VF66B (DC
motor drive) and the
motor.
4. The combination of VF66B Use a correct combination
(DC motor drive) and the of VF66B (DC motor drive)
motor is incorrect. and the motor.

6. The setting of current control Adjust the current control Chapter 6, 6.6
<Applied to the parallel gain is not correct. proportion gain (E-07) and Area E
models only> the current control integral Chapter 7, 7.6
[Contents]

It starts when current over gain (E-08). Area E

290 % of the rated current
of VF66B (DC motor 7. The unit could not be Stop applying the rated
drive) is applied for two or accelerated when the motor voltage to the motor directly
more seconds in all units. was started by applying the (direct connect starting) and
rated voltage directly (direct change to the normal
connect starting). starting.

144
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The power supply of the Replace PRIM66-Z or
parallel printed control board PRIS66-Z.
(PRIM66-Z of the master unit
and PRIS66-Z of a slave unit)
failed.

2. The wiring between the gate Wire them correctly.

printed board
<Applied to the parallel
[GAC66-Z](CN-PS24V) and
models only>
the printed control board of the
[Contents]

It starts when the power

master unit [PRIM66-Z](CN9)
supply of the parallel
and between the gate printed
printed control board
board [GAC66-Z](CN-PS24V)
[PRIM66-Z and
and the printed control board
PRIS66-Z] has an
of the slave unit
abnormality.
[PRIS66-Z](CN-PS) is
incorrect.

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The main cooling fan of VF66B Check the main cooling fan
(DC motor drive) failed. of VF66B (DC motor drive)
and replace it.
2. The power supply for the Replace the power supply
cooling fan is decreased. board [PSFM66-Z].

3. The wire between the gate Correct it.

<This function is applied printed board [GAC66-Z] and
to models 7522, 7544 and the power supply board
higher, and the unit [PSFM66-Z] is disconnected or
parallel models> incorrect.
It starts when the main
cooling fan in the master
[Contents]

unit and slave unit has an

abnormality. (The 4. The relay for turning on/off the Replace the power supply
operation is not stopped cooling fan cannot be enabled. board [PSFM66-Z].
for protection.)

* A character in the third

digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units
(1, 2, and 3).

145
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The gate printed board Replace the gate printed
[GAC66-Z] malfunctions. board [GAC66-Z] of the
displayed slave unit.

<Applied to the parallel

models only>
It starts when voltage of
[Contents]

the control power supply

in the slave unit drops.

*A character in the third

digit from the right
distinguishes the slave
units (1, 2, and 3).

146
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The deceleration time is too Make the deceleration Chapter 3, 3.3.2 How
short. time longer. to Change the
Acceleration/Deceler
ation Time

・Use the regeneration Chapter 6, 6.6

stall prevention Area E
function usage Chapter 7, 7.6
selection (E-00). Area E

・Connect the dynamic Optional Instruction

braking (DB) optional Manual
unit [VFDB2009].
2. The operation voltage setting Adjust the operation Optional Instruction
of the dynamic braking (DB) voltage setting of the Manual
optional unit [VFDB2009] is dynamic braking (DB)
not correct. optional unit [VFDB2009].
3. The dynamic braking (DB) Replace the dynamic Optional Instruction
<Applied to the parallel optional unit [VFDB2009] is braking (DB) optional unit Manual
models only> not operating. [VFDB2009].
It starts when a 4. Input power supply voltage Check input power supply
direct-current part abnormally rises. voltage.
overvoltage occurs in the
slave unit.
5. The inertia of the load is large. Use the sine wave Optional Instruction
converter or the dynamic Manual
[Contents]

・Protection starts when

braking (DB) optional unit
the direct-current
[VFDB2009].
voltage is (200 V
class) approximately 6. The output electrical wire was Check the output wiring.
400 V (400 V class) grounded or short circuited.
approximately 800 V

* A character in the third

digit from the right
distinguishes the slave
units (1, 2, and 3).

147
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The power supply board Replace the power supply
[PSFM66-Z] malfunctions. board [PSFM66-Z].

2. The connector between the Check the connection of the

gate printed board [GAC66-Z] connector.
and the power supply board
[PSFM66-Z] is not connected
correctly.

<This function is applied 3. MC malfunctions. Replace MC.

to models 7522, 7544 and
higher, and the unit
parallel models>
It starts when the MC in
[Contents]

the master unit or slave

unit does not turn on.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units
(1, 2, and 3).

Where to check and how to

Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The cooling fan of the Replace the cooling fan.
converter unit fails.

2. The cooling space of the Keep enough cooling

converter unit is not enough. space.

3. The installation direction of the Install the unit correctly.

<This function is applied unit is not correct.
to (400 V class) models
16044 and higher, and to
the parallel models>
It starts when the cooling 4. DCL is not installed. Connect DCL. Chapter 2, 2.1 How
heat sink temperature of to Connect VF66B
[Contents]

the converter in the (DC motor drive)

master unit or slave unit
becomes more than or 5. The cooling fin temperature Perform the continuity
equal to a specified value. detection sensor malfunctions. check of the cooling fin
* A character in the third temperature detection
digit from the right sensor.
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units
(1, 2, and 3).

148
 Where to check and how to
Console LED display Cause Reference
take actions
1. The dynamic braking (DB) Replace the dynamic
optional unit [VFDB2009] braking (DB) optional unit
malfunctions. [VFDB2009].

2. The connection cable between Check that the connector is

It starts when the dynamic the printed board inserted correctly.
braking (DB) optional unit [VFDB2009-Z] on the dynamic Replace the connection
[VFDB2009] is in the braking (DB) optional unit cable.
protection state or has a [VFDB2009]and the gate
communication printed board [GAC66-Z] of
[Contents]

abnormality. VF66B (DC motor drive) is

* A number in the disconnected. The connector is
rightmost digit not inserted correctly.
distinguishes the
dynamic braking (DB)
optional units
[VFDB2009] (1 through
6).

8.1.3. What Are Displayed in Case of Setting Error ( )

As to the settings of A-00 through A-07, check each rated value indicated on the name plate of the motor you
use or the data sheet.
For the details of each setting item, refer to "6.2 Area A" in Chapter 6 and "7.2 Area A"in Chapter 7.
For other settings, contact us.

Console LED display VF66B (DC motor drive) mode

・Setting values of the current control proportion gain (E-07) and the rated motor
armature voltage (A-03) are set too large.
・Setting values of the rated motor speed (A-05) are set too small.
Setting values of the motor armature inductance (A-19) are set too large.

Setting values of the motor armature inductance (A-19) are set too large.

Setting values of the current control proportion gain (E-07) are set too large.

Setting values of the current control integral gain (E-08) are set too large.

Setting values of the motor armature resistance (A-17) and motor armature
inductance (A-19) are set too large.

149
 Chapter 9 Replace the Printed Control Board
[VFC66-Z]
9.1. Replacing Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] with Spare

When replacing the printed control board VFC66-Z with a spare part, in order to adjust it to the VF66B (DC
motor drive) which is currently in use, it is necessary to set the VF66B (DC motor drive) model and the motor's
rating (name plate value), and to perform the gain adjustment of the analog circuit part.

9.2. Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z]

Warning [Replacing the Printed Control Board VFC66-Z]

 Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) when opening or closing the front cover, and then install the board.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

VFC66 board SET66 board

Connector

Optional board
Supports

Figure 1. When the front cover is open

150
1. Open the front cover.
2. Remove the console panel [SET66-Z]. Remove four screws
shown by circles on the right figure by using a screwdriver M3.
Remove the console panel [SET66-Z] from the printed control
board [VFC66-Z] by pulling it toward you.
3. Remove the optional board. Remove the joint of two connectors
between the printed control board [VFC66-Z] and the optional Screws
board. Figure 3(a) shows the state when the connectors are joint
together. As shown in Figure 3(b), remove the joint of the
connectors by pushing up the knobs.

4. In four locations shown by circles on Figure 1, you can find

supports which fix the optional board to the housing of VF66B
(DC motor drive). Remove the optional board.by pushing the
pawl part shown in Figure 4 into the support. Figure 2. SET66-Z board

Knob
つまみ

オプション基板
Optional board

Printed control board

VFC66基板
[VFC66-Z]
(a) Fixed connector (b) Connector knob
Figure 3. Connector

Pawl
爪

オプション基板
Optional board

Figure 4. Pawl part of support

5. As with the optional board, the printed control board [VFC66-Z] also has supports which fix it to VF66B (DC
motor drive). Remove the printed control board [VFC66-Z] by pushing the pawl part shown in Figure 4 into
the support. Align four holes with the supports. Push the board until the pawl part of support gets hooked to
the upper part of board as shown in Figure 4.

151
6. Align four holes of the removed optional board with the location of supports shown by circles in Figure 1.
Push the board until the pawl part of support gets hooked to the upper part of the board as shown in
Figure 4.

7. Fix connectors CN1 and CN2 of the optional board by pushing the knob down as shown in Figure 3(b) and
insert into the connector CN7 and CN4 of the printed control board [VFC66-Z] respectively. When the
connectors are attached, they will look as shown in Figure 3(a). The moving part of the connector is elastic.
If it is not installed tightly, it may be removed. Fix it tightly.

8. Attach the console panel [SET66-Z] by using a screwdriver M3 as it was.

9. Attach the unit cover of VF66B (DC motor drive) as it was.

152
9.3. How to Initialize VF66B (DC Motor Drive)

This section provides the operating procedures of initialization.

Before initializing VF66B (DB motor drive), install a direct-current voltage meter or a tester between ⊕2 and ⊖
of VF66B (DC motor drive), and then turn on VF66B (DC motor drive).

Warning [Safety notice]

 High voltage is applied to a direct-current voltage meter or a tester. Experts should measure voltage.
 Close the front cover before turning on the power.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Caution [Safety notice]

 To measure direct-current voltage, use a direct-current voltage meter or a tester which can measure 500 V or
more for the 200 V class VF66B (DC motor drive), and 1000 V or more for the 400 V class.

1. Press the [MONI/FNC] key to change to the FNC (function setting) mode (LED-FNC turns on).

2. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “S-00.” Press the [SET] key to confirm.

3. Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, and the [FWD/REV] key to the left.
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to change the number and enter “1040.” Press the [SET] key to confirm. If
you enter other than “1040,” is displayed.
If you press the [STOP/RESET] key here, you can interrupt the initialization.

4. “S-00” is displayed again. Press the [SET] key to confirm.

5. Use the [JOG/→], [FWD/REV], [↑], and [↓] keys to enter “1,” and press the [SET] key to confirm.

Message is displayed in order.

6. “SurE” is displayed blinking. Press the [SET] key to confirm. If you press the [STOP/RESET] key
here, you can interrupt the initialization.

7. The mode is displayed. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select the mode to use and press the [SET] key
to confirm.

8. The model is displayed. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select the model and press the [SET] key to
confirm.
<The figure on the left shows the capacity 7.5 kW, 400 V class.>

9. The display shows as on the left. Press the [SET] key to confirm as it is.

10. The display shows as on the left. Press the [SET] key to confirm as it is.

11. The direct current voltage is displayed. Enter the measured value of the voltage meter or tester
attached earlier by using the [JOG/→], [FWD/REV], [↑], and [↓] keys, and press the [SET] key to
confirm.
<The figure on the left shows the direct current voltage 597 V.>

12. Choose the number of decimal places of the rotation speed display. This can be changed for a
special use. However, it is usually set to “0.”

is displayed for several seconds and then is displayed. Now the initialization of memory is

complete. After five seconds, the VF66B (DC motor drive), model/capacity/voltage are displayed.

153
 Chapter 10 Attentions for Contacting Us
If you want to order a replacement for a failed part or have a technical question, let us or your supplier know
the following points:

1) VF66B (DC motor drive) model, input voltage (V)

2) Motor model, capacity (kW), rated motor speed (r/min), motor rated voltage
3) Serial number and software version No. (For the software version No., check the label attached to the
printed control board [VFC66-Z] shown below).
4) Descriptions of a failure and a state when it occurs
5) Operating state, load state, ambient condition, date of purchase, operation condition
6) Distributor name and the signature of the sales department

TB1
52MA CN4
52MA
86Aa
86A RY1
86Ab
MO1
XX-X RY2
P
MO2
COM 3 1
AOT1 SW2
GND LED1
AIN1 SW1
+10 ON
ST-F
PS CN-SI
MI1 CN-SO SET66-Z
PS
CN3
MI2 VFC66-Z
MI3
MI4 CN5
GND CN6
MI5
GND CN7 CN4

Software version No.

Attentions to distributors
When delivering this VF66B (DC motor drive) with your any product built in, consider that this
manual can be distributed to end users.
Also, when changing our factory default data for setting parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive),
make sure that end users can be informed about the changed contents.

154
 Chapter 11 Industrial Product Warranty
11.1. No-charge warranty period

The free of charge warranty period shall be "less than 1 year after installation in your company or your
customers" or "less than 18 months after shipment from the factory or storage warehouse," whichever comes
first.
In the case of repair, overhaul or other maintenance by Toyo Denki or a company designated by Toyo Denki,
the warranty period for the parts concerned shall be for one year from the date of acceptance inspection.

11.2. Warranty Scope

11.2.1. Problem diagnosis

As a general rule, initial diagnosis in the event of product failure should be performed by your company.
However, if you request initial problem diagnosis, it can be performed on your behalf by Toyo Denki or a
member of our service network.
Please note that if Toyo Denki is not responsible for the cause of the failure, a fee will be charged for the initial
diagnosis.

11.2.2. Repair
Repair, part replacement, and onsite repair shall be provided free of charge.
However, this shall not apply in the following cases:

1. When the problem is a result of improper product handling, conditions, environment, usage method, etc.,
by you or your customer.
2. When the problem was caused by a system designed by you or your customer.
3. When the problem was caused by deficiencies in a program created by you or your customer.
4. When the problem originated in something other than the delivered product.
5. When the problem was caused by modification performed without the prior approval of Toyo Denki.
6. When the problem was caused by repair or modification performed by someone other than Toyo Denki or
a company designated by Toyo Denki.
7. When the problem was caused by a force majeure such as a natural disaster, fire, or accident.
8. Other cases where Toyo Denki is not responsible for the cause of the problem.
9. The no-charge warranty period has expired.

11.3. Disclaimer

Irrespective of whether the no-charge warranty period is in effect, this warranty shall not compensate you or
yourcustomer for any damages that are not the responsibility of Toyo Denki, or for any lost opportunity, lost
profit, secondary damages, or accident due to the failure of the Toyo Denki product concerned.
Moreover, compensation shall not be provided relating to articles other than the Toyo Denki product
concerned.

11.4. Repair period after product discontinuation

Once the product has gone out of production, Toyo Denki will continue to provide repair service for the
product for a period of seven years.
However, please note that the procurement of electronic components for the product may become difficult
during that time, and repair may not be possible.

155
11.5. Delivery conditions

In the case of standard products ordered without test operation and adjustment, delivery shall take place upon
product arrival at your company, and Toyo Denki shall not be responsible for onsite test operation and
adjustments.

All Rights
The copyright of this manual belongs to Toyo Denki. Duplicating all or part of contents of this manual without
obtaining permission from the right holder is prohibited under the Copyright Act.
All rights of company names and product names described in this manual belong to their respective owners.

156
 https://www.toyodenki.co.jp/en/
HEAD OFFICE： Tokyo Tatemono Yaesu Bldg, 1-4-16 Yaesu, Chuo-ku,
Tokyo, Japan ZIP CODE 103-0028
TEL： +81-3-5202-8132 - 6
FAX： +81-3-5202-8150

In addition, the contents of this the "operation manual" may be changed without a preliminary announcement by specification
change of a product etc. Please understand that it may differ from the contents of the "operation manual" enclosed by the
model of purchase, and the contents of the "operation manual" posted on our homepage.
Please have a look from our homepage about the newest "operation manual".
Contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
TIM078[A]_20180717